MENU Navbar
Logo
Notes
BERDE
Green Building Rating System
User Guide

BERDE — Version 4.2.0


Copyright

Copyright © 2022 Philippine Green Building Council.

The BERDE Program was established and administered by the Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC). The BERDE Green Building Rating System is the product of the BERDE Program. The BERDE Green Building Rating Schemes (GBRS), BERDE User Guides (User Guide) are documents developed under the system.

This User Guide is available online for use by project teams, building owners, professionals, contractors, and other interested parties as a reference voluntary standard for the measurement of environmental performance of projects.

You may make copies of any information reasonably incidental to your viewing of the document, and may retain a copy for your personal reference. You are not allowed to sell, modify, reproduce, display or distribute the User Guide for any public or commercial purposes, except with the expressed written permission from the PHILGBC. You are not allowed to transmit, distribute or store a copy of this document in any other website or in a networked environment.

This document is protected by Republic Act No. 8293: Intellectual Property Code of the Philippines and international copyright laws. Any unlawful use of this document shall be subject to sanction and legal action of the PHILGBC.

The PHILGBC accepts no responsibility for any unauthorized use or distribution by others of this document and may take legal action to prevent such unauthorized use or distribution.


Published by the Philippine Green Building Council
Unit G-4B, One/NEO, 26th Street corner 3rd Avenue
Bonifacio Global City
Taguig City 1634 Philippines
+632 7728 0686
berde@philgbc.org

The latest release of this User Guide may be accessed through http://docs.berdeonline.org/userguide/latest.

Navigating the User Guide

This User Guide is a guidance document to support the implementation of BERDE.

This User Guide is developed for project owners, developers, architects, engineers, designers, and other members of the project teams of registered projects.

The information in this User Guide is presented in a clear and easily understandable manner using plain language. You may navigate through the guide by:

If you are viewing the User Guide on your laptop or computer, use the Navigation Panel at the left side of this website. The Navigation Panel includes all major sections of the User Guide.

As you scroll through the page, the panel displays your current location in the User Guide. You can also select any of the section headings on the panel to jump to that section.

If you are viewing the User Guide on your mobile phone or tablet, select Menu at the top-left corner of the User Guide to view the Navigation Panel.

The Search Box is located above the Navigation Panel that allows you to swiftly search through the whole User Guide.

Type keywords related to the information you are searching for. All sections with your keywords will be displayed below the search bar for easier navigation through the guide.

The User Guide is distributed online to promote the use of less paper. However, you may print the User Guide if you need a copy of the document. Printing the User Guide will result in the type-formatted version of the guide. Please be mindful that the guide is updated from time to time. Visit the online User Guide regularly to ensure you have the latest version of the document.

  1. Open the User Guide in your preferred browser.
  2. Print the User Guide.
    • For Windows, Control + P, or
    • For macOS, Command + P.

Guidance Notes are included to provide additional information and assist you in implementing BERDE in your project.

The requirements under BERDE use the following to ensure clarity and consistency in writing and interpreting the requirements:

Provisions using: refers to:
Must absolute requirements. Must and shall are equivalent in the use of these documents.
Must not absolute prohibitions. Must not and shall not are equivalent in the use of these documents.
Should

highly recommended provisions. Highly recommended provisions were identified as the most appropriate requirements for a credit.

If you will not be implementing these provisions, you must have a clear explanation why it is not applicable for your project, and a reasonable alternative to address these requirements.

Should not

discouraged provisions. These provisions are not recommended, however, it may be acceptable or valid within certain conditions.

You must ensure that you have understood the full implication of these provisions before implementing these requirements.

May optional provisions or information.

About BERDE

What is BERDE?

BERDE is a tool to assess, measure, monitor and certify the performance of projects above and beyond existing national and local building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards.

BERDE is the National Voluntary Green Building Rating System by the Philippine government, through the Department of Energy (DOE).

Who developed BERDE?

BERDE was developed by the Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC) under its BERDE Program. The DOE also provided development and promotional support for the development of BERDE.

BERDE was developed in line with the Quality Assurance for Green Building Rating Tools (WorldGBC, 2013), the International Framework for Socio-Economic Factors for Green Building Rating Tools in Developing Countries (WorldGBC & GBCSA, 2013), and other best practices from international standards for standards development.

As part of BERDE Development, rating schemes, tools and documents under BERDE are drafted by the BERDE Committee, with support from the BERDE Program Secretariat, input from the PHILGBC General Membership, and final approval by the PHILGBC Board of Trustees. Interested external parties are provided opportunities to comment and provide their insight on BERDE as part of its development process.

BERDE Development, Certification and Education activities are administered by the PHILGBC under the BERDE Program.

Why should you use BERDE?

As a guidance tool

BERDE specifies current best practice. If you are a building professional, various BERDE Green Building Rating Schemes are made freely available for your use in designing, constructing and operating your projects in a resource-efficient, economically-viable, and socially-responsible manner.

As a credible marketing tool

Getting your projects BERDE-certified provides you with a positive marketing advantage.

Achieving a BERDE certification for your green building project lets your clients and the public know that your project is a better building in the market. The third-party assessment ensures that your project are assessed, rated, and certified in a credible and unbiased process.

BERDE also highlights your company's sustainability initiatives. Achieving BERDE Certification provides a positive brand recognition for both your project and your company.

The PHILGBC provides additional marketing support by publishing your BERDE-certified project online, and providing opportunities for developing project case studies, hosting site tours and certificate presentation, and speaking opportunities in PHILGBC events.

As a transparency tool

BERDE enables you to exhibit the performance of your project to other parties in a credible manner. Your certified BERDE project allows you to showcase your leadership in sustainability through unbiased, balanced and impartial assessment and certification of your building performance. Certification under BERDE builds trust and confidence among your project stakeholders.

As a compliance and policy support tool

BERDE supports the sustainable development plans and programs of government. Increasing priority for green building and sustainable development by government requires you to be knowledgeable with current laws and regulations at the national and local levels.

At the national level, as the recognized as the National Voluntary Green Building Rating System by the Philippine government, several national agencies have been using BERDE as a guide in developing policies and programs for green building and sustainability for the building sector. At the local level, several local governments within the Philippines have incorporated BERDE as part of their policy to ensure the environmental performance of projects within their jurisdictions.

BERDE recognizes performance beyond existing environmental and building laws, regulations and standards. As a compliance tool, it supports you in complying with building and environmental laws and regulations.

How can you contribute to BERDE?

Provide your comments

We welcome your comments and insight to improve BERDE. Provide your comments via e-mail by following the commenting procedure:

  1. Download the Form – Comment.
  2. Provide your full name, position or designation, and the organization you are representing;
  3. Clearly state your issue a specific section or credit:
    • State the specific section or credit you would like to improve;
    • Provide a clear statement summarizing your issue; and
    • Provide a brief discussion on the issue;
  4. Clearly state your recommendation to improve the section or credit;
    • Provide the draft text for the revision of the section or credit;
    • Use plain language principles; and
    • Provide a brief discussion on the recommendation;
  5. Write in the Subject line COMMENT: BERDE GBRS – v4.0.0 – User Guide;
  6. Submit your issue and recommendation to BERDE@philgbc.org.

Your comments will be received and logged by the BERDE Program Secretariat for the review and improvement of BERDE.

Host our meetings

You can become a sponsor of the development of BERDE by providing support for meetings, workshops, and conferences. You can support the development activities of BERDE by sponsoring a BERDE Committee regular meeting, or the workshops or conference during the development cycle of BERDE.

Share your data sets and case studies

You can support the research and development of BERDE by sharing data sets and case studies on your green building projects. One of the challenges in the development of BERDE is in identifying baselines and performance targets, and ensuring the tool is in line with current best practices in the industry.

We understand that there may be limitations when you share your proprietary information to the PHILGBC. This is why we commit to the proper handling, use, and storage of confidential information you share with the PHILGBC.

Become a member

Members of the PHILGBC have early access to tools under development, or receive invitations to member-only events and activities that contribute to the development of berde. For more information on the membership, visit the Membership page or contact the PHILGBC National Secretariat at membership@philgbc.org.

As a member of the PHILGBC, you may apply to become a member of the BERDE Committee. The BERDE Committee is the standing committee of the PHILGBC that focuses on the BERDE Program. Become a member by submitting a Letter of Expression of Interest through e-mail:

  1. Write in the Subject line EXPRESSION OF INTEREST: BERDE Committee Membership;
  2. Attach your signed Letter of Expression of Interest in portable document format (PDF);
    • Include your profile or curriculum vitae for your work experience and expertise;
    • State your commitment in dedicating time and attending all BERDE Committee meetings;
  3. Send your letter to BERDE@philgbc.org.

Your application will be reviewed for the approval of the Board of Trustees. The applicants are vetted to ensure that the committee is well-represented and balanced among the different sectors of the building industry.

Certification

What is BERDE Certification?

BERDE Certification is the formal assessment, rating, and certification process for projects of the BERDE Program. It is conducted in a third-party assessment process to ensure a credible, independent, impartial, and objective assessment, rating, and certification of projects under BERDE.

Only projects that complete the formal process, complies with all requirements, and receives at least the minimum rating for certification may claim as a BERDE Certified green building project.

Who will certify your project?

The PHILGBC will certify the project based on the outcomes from the assessments during the BERDE Certification process.

The PHILGBC or its authorized assessment body will facilitate and conduct the assessment, rating, and certification process. The PHILGBC builds trust and confidence in the system by managing and addressing conflicts of interests between the project, the project team, and the assessment team assigned for the project.

How can you get BERDE Certified?

The project must complete the BERDE Certification process, comply with all minimum system requirements, and achieve the minimum rating for certification.

What is the BERDE Certification process?

Projects may undergo certification process under each of the assessment Stage depending on the project's life cycle.

If your project is: then use:
A new construction or fit-out project

Stage 1 — Design and Stage 2 — Construction

The project must undergo assessment and certification under both Stage 1 – Design and Stage 2 – Construction, and show compliance with the requirements of BERDE in the design and construction of the project. In addition, the project must successfully complete Stage 1 — Design before undergoing Stage 2 — Construction assessment and certification.

Undergoing renovations

Stage 1 — Design and Stage 2 — Construction.

The project must undergo assessment and certification under both Stage 1 – Design and Stage 2 – Construction, and show compliance with the requirements of BERDE in the design and construction of the project. In addition, the project must successfully complete Stage 1 — Design before undergoing Stage 2 — Construction assessment and certification.

An existing project improving only its operations

Stage 3 — Operations.

The project must undergo assessment and certification, and show compliance with the Stage 3 — Operations requirements through the planning and implementation of the policy and procedures for the project.

Registration

The project owner must review the eligibility of the project for the applicable BERDE GBRS, and compliance with the Minimum System Requirements.

How do you register for BERDE?

To register a project for BERDE Certification, the project owner must:

  1. Download the Form – BERDE Registration;
  2. Accomplish the Form – BERDE Registration and prepare the documents for the minimum system requirements; and
  3. Submit the accomplished form and requirements through e-mail to BERDE@philgbc.org.

The PHILGBC will prepare and submit a BERDE Certification Proposal within seven (7) working days from the receipt of your accomplished Form – BERDE Registration, and the complete requirements.

Once the project owner receives the proposal, the project owner must:

  1. Sign the proposal and return a copy to the PHILGBC; and
  2. Pay the registration fee and initial assessment fee.

The Registration process is completed once the project owner accepted and signed the proposal, and paid the registration fee and down payment for your project.

Management Representative

The project owner must assign a Management Representative (MR), who will serve as the official representative of the project owner. The MR must:

Stage 1 — Design

Stage 1 — Design focuses on the design and planning of new, renovation or fit-out projects. Projects may register for certification directly under Stage 1 – Design.

During Stage 1, the assessment team will review and assess the documentation submitted by the project team, whether it satisfies the intent, requirements, and performance requirements of the project team's target credits.

The assessment team will issue an Assessment Report that will reflect the findings from the assessment, which may include the recommendation for the rating and certification of the project for Stage 1 — Design.

Stage 2 — Construction

Stage 2 — Construction focuses on verifying the construction, renovation or implementation of approved Stage 1 design. Only projects that have successfully completed Stage 1 are qualified for Stage 2 certification.

During Stage 2, the assessment team will conduct documentation review and an on-site assessment to validate the project team's compliance and implementation of the awarded Stage 1 plans. The assessment will be based on the target credits of the project team.

The assessment team will issue an Assessment Report that will reflect the findings from the assessment, which may include the recommendation for the rating and certification of the project for Stage 2 — Construction.

Stage 3 — Operations

Stage 3 — Operations focuses on assessing and verifying the planning and implementation of operation's policies and procedures. Projects may register for certification directly under Stage 3 – Operations.

During Stage 3, the assessment team will review and assess the documentation submitted by the project team. The assessment team will review whether the submissions satisfy the intent, requirements, and performance requirements of the project team's target credits.

The assessment team will issue an Assessment Report that will reflect the findings from the assessment, which may include the recommendation for the rating and certification of the project for Stage 3 — Operations.

Scope and Applicability

The Scope and Applicability defines the lifecycle stages and project types that the rating scheme is applicable to.

For projects that are interested in undergoing certification that are not included in the Scope and Applicability, please contact the BERDE Program Secretariat at BERDE@philgbc.org to confirm whether the tool is applicable for your project.

Lifecycle Stages

This rating scheme is applicable to projects that are at the design, construction and operations stages.

Tag Name Description
S1Stage 1 — Design Stage 1 — Design

The design stage includes the conception and strategic planning of the project goals, expected outcomes and requirements. The design stage also includes the preparation of the detailed design and the start of the procurement process for products and services specified in the project.

Projects at this stage focuses on the integrated process in planning the project and addressing the client's requirements and the sustainability targets for the project.

S2Stage 2 — Construction Stage 2 — Construction

The construction stage includes the site preparation and construction activities in the implementation of the design of the project. The construction stage also includes the monitoring and inspection of the construction progress and quality, and the successful completion of the commissioning process for the building.

Projects at this stage focuses on the implementation and delivery of the project until its practical completion before its official handover.

S3Stage 3 — Operations

Stage 3 — Operations

The operations stage includes activities for the use of the building by the project users, maintenance of the building systems and spaces, and continuous management and improvement of the operations of the project.

Projects at this stage focuses on planning and implementing the operational policies and procedures for the project.

Project Type

This rating scheme is applicable to the whole building design, construction and operations, or for tenant projects within a building.

Tag Name Description
Buildings Buildings Building projects refers to the whole building design and construction, or operations. The scope of the project includes areas that are designed, constructed or managed by the project owner and its project team.
Tenants Tenants Tenant projects refers to projects areas that are owned or leased, and managed by the project owner within a building.

Occupancy Type

This rating scheme may be used for the following occupancy types.

Tag Name Description
Office Office
Retail Retail spaces
Vertical residential buildings Vertical residential buildings Residential buildings with six (6) floors and above.
Clustered residential buildings Clustered residential buildings Residential buildings five (5) floors and below with multiple buildings and shared utilities.
Educational buildings Educational buildings Education facilities may include auditoriums, gymnasiums, classrooms, playing fields, stadium, libraries.
Industrial buildings Industrial buildings
Health facilities Health facilities

Minimum System Requirements

The Minimum System Requirements aim to:

Projects that are applying for BERDE Certification must comply with the minimum system requirements.

No. Minimum System Requirement
MSR-01 Regulatory compliance
MSR-02 Distinct and clear boundaries
MSR-03 Disclosure of resource performance data
MSR-04 Initial site assessment
MSR-05 Deconstruction waste management
MSR-06 Construction activity pollution and control

MSR-01 Regulatory compliance

This requirement aims to ensure that the project is complying with all building and environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards applicable to the project.

The project team must conduct a regulatory compliance review for the project to identify and assess compliance with the following:

Compliance Notes

Registration

During registration, the project team must submit report on the regulatory compliance review for the project, which should include information on:

Stage 1 — Design

During Stage 1, the project team must submit:

Stage 2 — Construction

During Stage 2, the project team must submit:

Stage 3 — Operations

During Stage 3, the project team must submit:

MSR-02 Distinct and clear boundaries

This requirement aims to establish a clear scope for the project by defining the physical boundaries of the project.

The project team must establish the scope for the project, which must include the following:

Compliance Notes

Registration

During registration, the project team must submit plans showing clearly the boundaries of the project for certification, which should include:

All Stages

During assessment, the project team must submit proof of the capacity of the on-site shared building systems and utilities, which must reflect the following:

MSR-03 Disclosure of resource performance data

This requirement aims to:

The project team must:

  1. Use the metric system;
  2. Submit the following performance data of the project:
    • Energy consumption,
    • Water consumption, and
    • Waste generation.
Stage 1 — Design

During Stage 1, the project team must submit the following:

Stage 2 — Construction

During Stage 2, the project team must submit the following:

Stage 3 — Operations

During Stage 3, the project team must submit the following:

MSR-04 Initial site assessment

This requirement aims to:

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified and competent professional in conducting site assessments.
  2. Conduct a site assessment prior to any demolition and construction activities to identify the following:
    • Existing ecological features within and around the site, which should include information on:
      • Flora and fauna in the site, which may include:
        • Trees of significant ecological value,
        • Plants native to the site,
        • Existing adapted plants in the site, and
        • Existing animal species;
      • Natural watercourses;
      • Wetland areas;
      • Nearby bodies of water; and
      • Nearby protected areas.
    • Potential site hazards and risks, which should include information on:
      • Rainfall and flood potential within and around the site,
      • Stormwater flow,
      • Wind directions,
      • Dust generation,
      • Noise pollution,
      • Traffic, and
      • Existing site contamination;
    • Social and cultural value, which should include information on:
      • Heritage, historic, or cultural sites, structures, or properties within or around the site,
      • Heritage or cultural features of the community or town, and
      • Community programs on sustainability.
    • Previous development in the site, which should include information on:
      • Footprint of the previous development in the site,
      • Previous use or type of building in the site, and
      • Period the land was previously used.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

During Stage 1, the project team must submit the following:

MSR-05 Deconstruction waste management

This requirement aims to:

If there will be deconstruction activities for the project, the project team must:

  1. Establish a deconstruction waste base case, which must include the following:
    • Projected types of solid waste generated in the deconstruction of the existing building;
    • Projected amount of solid waste generated in the deconstruction of the existing building; and
    • Computation of the deconstruction waste base case generation in kg/m2.
  2. Establish a deconstruction waste management plan, which should include:
    • Establishing a waste reduction target for the deconstruction of the existing building;
    • Identifying waste diversion strategies for the deconstructed building materials;
    • Communicating the target solid waste reduction and diversion strategies to the project stakeholders; and
    • Monitoring and recording the solid waste generation in the deconstruction of the existing building and the implementation of the waste diversion strategies.
  3. Implement the deconstruction waste plan.
  4. Calculate the solid waste generation and diversion during the deconstruction of the existing building, which should include:
    • Calculating the the solid waste generated in kg/m2; and
    • Calculating the percentage of the waste diverted compared to the waste base case.

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project team should submit:

MSR-06 Construction activity pollution prevention and control

This requirement aims to:

The project team must:

  1. Conduct a site assessment prior to any construction activities.
  2. Establish a construction activity pollution prevention and control plan.
  3. Implement and monitor the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan.
  4. Evaluate the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan.

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project team must submit:

  1. Report on the site assessment prior to the demolition and construction activities, which should include:
    • Expected sources of pollution in the project; and
    • Potential impact of the activities to its surroundings;
  2. Construction activity pollution prevention and control plan, which should include:
    • Plans and specifications for the strategies to control or prevent the expected pollution sources in the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the following:
      • Proper implementation of the identified strategies;
      • Inspection, monitoring and reporting on the implementation of the strategies;
      • Reporting issues in the implementation of the strategies;
      • Identification and implementation of corrective actions during and after construction; and
      • Evaluation of the site and effectivity of the strategies after construction.
  3. Communication records to the project team on the documented policies and procedures.
  4. Report on the evaluation of the implementation of the plan, which must include:
    • Issues or challenges identified during construction;
    • Corrective actions implemented to address the issues; and
    • Recommendations for further improvement on the plan.

Scoring and Rating

What is the rating for BERDE?

The minimum rating for certification is a BERDE 1-Star rating. The assessment team will be providing the recommendation for the rating of the project based on the outcomes of the assessment at each Stage.

The project may be
awarded with:
if the project achieves a weighting of:
1 Star 51% to 60% Good practice
★★ 2 Stars 61% to 70% Ideal performance
★★★ 3 Stars 71% to 80% Exemplar performance
★★★★ 4 Stars 81% to 90% Country leader
★★★★★ 5 Stars 91% to 100% World class

What are the applicable credits and available scores for your project?

The available credits and available scores for certification are based on the certification or lifecycle stages, project types and occupancy types.

In addition to the maximum score, the core framework includes twenty (20) additional points that provides the project team with bonuses or expanded options that they may pursue for their project based on their sustainability targets.

Applicable credits

No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
MN-01 Green Building Professional All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-02 Stakeholder Consultation All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-03 Project Management All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-04 Certified Green Building All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-05 Staff Training All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-06 Green Building Education All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-07 Tenant Design and Construction Management All Stages Buildings All Occupancies
LE-01 Land Reuse S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancies
LE-02 Environmentally Critical Areas Protection S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancies
LE-03 High Priority Site S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancies
LE-04 Certified Green District All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
LE-05 Ecological Features Improvement All Stages Buildings All Occupancies
LE-06 Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancies
LE-07 Heat Island Reduction S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancies
LE-08 Landscape Management S3 All Projects All Occupancies
LE-09 Light Pollution Reduction All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
EN-01 Energy Consumption All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
EN-02 Renewable Energy All Stages Buildings All Occupancies
WT-01 Water consumption reduction All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
WT-02 Graywater reuse All Stages Buildings All Occupancies
WT-03 Rainwater Harvesting All Stages Buildings All Occupancies
WS-01 Waste Management All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MT-01 Green Procurement All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MT-02 Local Procurement All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MT-03 Community-based Enterprise Procurement All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
TR-01 Key Establishments Proximity All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
TR-02 Mass Transportation Access All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
TR-03 Preferred Parking All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
TR-04 Cyclist Facilities All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
TR-05 Pedestrian Mobility All Stages Buildings All Occupancies
HW-01 Visual Comfort All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-02 Daylight Access All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-03 Outdoor Views Access All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-04 Thermal Comfort All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-05 Acoustic Comfort All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-06 Indoor Air Quality All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-07 Microbial Control All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-08 Low VOC Environment All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-09 Active Design All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-10 Urban Agriculture All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-11 Places of Respite All Stages All Projects Healthcare facilities
HW-12 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
EM-01 Greenhouse Gas Inventory All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
EM-02 Refrigerants All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
CE-01 Community Facility All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
CE-02 Filipino Art All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
EO-01 Green Jobs All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
EO-02 Local Labor All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
EO-03 Women Empowerment All Stages All Projects All Occupancies

Maximum score

The maximum score for BERDE Certification will be based on the applicable credits based on its certification stage, project type and occupancy type. The weighting and the equivalent rating of the project will be calculated based on the applicable maximum score.

Certification stage Project type Occupancy type Maximum score
S1 S2 Buildings Office buildings Vertical residential buildings Clustered residential buildings Educational buildings Industrial buildings 116
S1 S2 Buildings Healthcare facilities 119
S3 Buildings Office buildings Vertical residential buildings Clustered residential buildings Educational buildings Industrial buildings 107
S3 Buildings Healthcare facilities 110
S1 S2 Tenants Office buildings Vertical residential buildings Clustered residential buildings Educational buildings Industrial buildings 89
S1 S2 Tenants Healthcare facilities 92
S3 Tenants Office buildings Vertical residential buildings Clustered residential buildings Educational buildings Industrial buildings 92
S3 Tenants Healthcare facilities 95

How do you compute for the weighting?

The weighting of the score for the project is the average of the total awarded score for the Core Framework and the Electives, and the total available score applicable for the project.

The maximum weighting for the project is 100%.

Weighting (%) = Awarded score X 100
Maximum score

The recommended rating will be equivalent to the weighting of the project. See What is the rating for BERDE?

How do you use the BERDE Scoresheet?

  1. Download the Template — BERDE Scoresheet.
  2. Accomplish the Template — BERDE Scoresheet.
    1. Under the Project Information tab:
      • Indicate the Project Name, Project Owner;
      • Select the Project Type applicable for the project;
      • Select the Certification Stage and Assessment Round for your submission;
      • Indicate who prepared the Scoresheet under Prepared by, Designation, and Email Address; and
      • Enter the date when the scoresheet was accomplished under Date Prepared.
    2. Under the Scoresheet tab, for each credit:
      • Select Yes or No whether you are pursuing the credit;
      • If you selected Yes for credits you are pursuing, indicate your target score for each pursued credit.

Compliance Requirements

Project teams must submit documented information to demonstrate how the project complies with their target credits. The documentation prepared and submitted by the project team allows the assessment team to assess and verify the project's performance based on valid, credible, and verifiable information.

It is the responsibility of the project team to prepare and submit documents that present valid, credible, and verifiable information about the project. The documents submitted by the project team will be reviewed by the assessment team and will be referenced in the Assessment Report, which is the basis for the rating and certification of the project.

Submit robust evidence demonstrating the compliance of the project with the target credits. Project teams must prepare documentation reflecting the information required under their pursued credits. Within each credit, Compliance Notes provide project teams with guidance on what information are necessary to conform with the requirements of the credit.

The Compliance Notes reflect the information that are:

Use existing project files. The project team should use existing project files for the design, construction, and operations of the project. You are not required to create or prepare documents exclusive for BERDE. This will reduce the time and effort in preparing for the certification of the project.

Plans and as-built plans

Plans are written and graphical representation of the design and construction of the different elements of a project. The plans must reflect the dimensions, locations and technical descriptions of the different strategies and systems designed or implemented in the project.

Plans and as-built plans must reflect the information on the ownership of the project and the professionals involved in the preparation of the documents. These must include the following information:

In addition, these documents reflect information on the ownership of the documents and approval for the use in the project. These documents must be:

For projects in jurisdictions mandated to have a BERDE Certificate as a pre-requisite for applications for building permits and occupancy permits, the plans and as-built plans must be:

Base case

A base case refers to the model, base calculation, or set of data prior to implementation of strategies where the performance of a project is measured from. Data used for the base case project must be supported by generally accepted standards.

Base cases are generally used for the comparison of the improved energy, water and waste performance of the project.

The base case must be prepared by the relevant professional and duly approved by the project owner.

Bill of materials

Bill of materials are effective presenting the materials and products specified in the project.

Bill of materials must reflect the following information:

In addition, the bill of materials must be:

Certificates of compliance

Certificates of compliance should be awarded by third-party certifying bodies reflecting the conformance with of a product or process with generally accepted industry or professional standards, credible certification programs, or labelling schemes.

The certificate must reflect the following information:

Commissioning report

Commissioning reports must reflect the outcomes of the conduct of testing and commissioning for the project. The report must reflect the following information:

Commissioning reports must be:

Communication records

Communication records must include the:

Communication records may include:

Delivery receipt

Delivery receipts must include:

In addition, the delivery receipts must be:

Installation records

Installation records may be submitted as supporting documents to show the receipt and installation of products, materials, or technologies in the project. The document must reflect the details of the installed item, date of installation, and name of the service provider or party that installed the item, duly signed by the installer, and duly approved and signed by the project owner.

Minutes of meeting

Minutes of meetings must include the date, location, attendance list of the meeting, clear proceedings of the meeting, and agreed actions from the discussions. The attendance list must include the names, organization, and designation or roles in the project.

Official receipts

Official receipts must reflect the product, material, technology, or service received and paid for the project, date, and name of supplier, duly signed by the authorized representative of the supplier.

Policy

A policy is the general statement of the project owner reflecting its commitment to the quality and performance required for the project's design, construction or operations. Documented policies must be approved by top management of the project owner.

Procedure

A procedure must reflect the specific activities necessary to complete a process and achieve the policies for the project. Documented procedures must be prepared by the project team and approved by the top management of the project owner.

Purchase order

Purchase orders must reflect the specific material, product or technology specified in the project, the number of items, date of the request, signature of the project owner, the name of the supplier, and receipt and signature of the supplier.

Purchase record

Documentations reflecting the intent of the project team to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies, which must include:

Specifications

Specifications are written documentation describing the materials, products and processes for the construction of a project.

Specifications prepared during the design phase typically describe the performance requirements for the products and work required for the delivery of the project, which may include:

On the other hand, as-built specifications reflect the information on the completed project and are prescriptive in nature. As-built specifications present the materials and products installed, and processed implemented for the project. It may also include the performance requirements based on the brand and type of materials used in the project.

Specifications must include the following information:

In addition, specifications must be duly signed by the relevant professional, and duly approved and signed by the project owner.

Service contract

A service contract serves as the proof for the engagement of an organization or individual to provide a service for the project.

A service contract must reflect the following information:

Core Framework

The Core Framework defines the credits and requirements that are essential in developing a green building project under BERDE. The Core Framework includes:

Core Framework

Management

Management category focuses on the sustainable processes and practices for the effective management of the design, construction and operations of projects. Management promotes collaborative and integrated processes that helps in identifying the most cost-effective and sustainable strategies for the project.

No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
MN-01 Green Building Professional All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-02 Stakeholder Consultation All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-03 Project Management All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-04 Certified Green Building All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-05 Staff Training All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-06 Green Building Education All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MN-07 Tenant Design and Construction Management All Stages Buildings All Occupancies

MN-01 Green Building Professional

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to engage a qualified Green Building Professional (GBP) in undergoing the BERDE Certification process.

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages

The project owner must engage a competent and qualified GBP. When engaging a GBP, the project owner must:

  1. Identify the necessary qualifications for the professional. The professional must either be a:
    • Certified BERDE Professional in good standing; or
    • GBP in good standing and certified under a green building certification program for professionals. The certification program must be one of the following:
      • Duly recognized by a member National Green Building Council (NGBC) of the World Green Building Council (WorldGBC);
      • Duly recognized by the WorldGBC; or
      • Administered by a body that complies with ISO/IEC 17024 — Conformity Assessment — General requirements for bodies operating certification of persons.
  2. Define the roles and responsibilities of the professional for the project.
  3. Employ the GBP for the project for at least the duration and completion of the BERDE Certification process.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "engagement of the" to "engaged a".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Engaged a GBP for the project for the scope and duration of the BERDE Certification process.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project owner must submit a service contract as proof of engagement for the professional. The documentation must reflect the following information:

Back to credit

MN-02 Stakeholder Consultation

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate how the project address the social, economic, and environmental needs of the materially-affected stakeholders.

The project team must:

  1. Identify the materially-affected stakeholders for the project.
  2. Consult the materially-affected stakeholders prior to finalizing the design of the project, which should include discussions on the following:
    • Background of the project and its features;
    • Social, economic, and environmental sustainability strategies related to the materially-affected stakeholders;
    • Compliance with regulatory requirements;
    • End-user related design requirements, which should include the following:
      • Accessibility;
      • Opportunities for infrastructure for public use; and
      • Technical design requirements from potential end-users.
  3. Demonstrate how recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the final design of the project.

Tenants For Tenant projects, the discussion on the end-user related design requirements should also include the impact of the project to other occupied spaces.

Educational Buildings For educational buildings, the project owner must include discussions on the following:

Materially-affected stakeholders

Buildings For Buildings, the project team should consult the following:

Tenants For Tenants, the project team should consult the following:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must implement the recommendations from the consultations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must:

  1. Identify the materially-affected stakeholders for the project.
  2. Consult the materially-affected stakeholders on improving the operations of the project, which should include discussions on the following:
    • Background of the project, including the key green building features;
    • Social, economic, and environmental sustainability strategies related to the materially-affected stakeholders;
    • Compliance for regulatory requirements;
    • End-user related concerns, which should include the following:
      • Management and operational implications;
      • Maintenance; and
      • Process requirements from potential end-users.
  3. Incorporate the recommendations from the consultations in the operations of the project.
  4. Implement the recommendations in the project. The implementation of the strategies must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the recommendations during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project users on implementation of the recommendations.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the stakeholder recommendations in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Review if the strategies were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in incorporating and implementing the stakeholder recommendations in the operations of the project; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the sustainability of the project through the continued engagement of materially-affected stakeholders in the project.

Tenants For Tenant projects, the discussion on the end-user related design requirements should also include the impact of the project to other occupied spaces.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Added "provides" to "at least three (3) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the design of the project, including specific requirements and recommendations from end users".

Added "provided" to "at least two (2) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the design of the project".

Changed "implementation of stakeholder consultations and incorporating recommendations in finalizing the design of the project" to "implemented stakeholder consultations and incorporates recommendations in finalizing the design of the project".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided at least three (3) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the design of the project, including specific requirements and recommendations from end users.
2 points Provided at least two (2) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the design of the project.
1 point Implemented stakeholder consultations and incorporates recommendations in finalizing the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Added "provided" to "at least three (3) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the design of the project, including specific requirements and recommendations from end users".

Added "provided" to "at least two (2) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the design of the project".

Changed "implementation of stakeholder consultations and incorporating recommendations in finalizing the design of the project" to "implemented stakeholder consultations and incorporates recommendations in finalizing the design of the project".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided at least three (3) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were implemented in the project, including specific requirements and recommendations from end users.
2 points Provided at least two (2) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were implemented in the project.
1 point Implemented stakeholder consultations and incorporates recommendations in finalizing the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Added "provided" to "at least three (3) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the design of the project, including specific requirements and recommendations from end users".

Added "provided" to "at least two (2) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the design of the project".

Changed "implementation of stakeholder consultations and incorporating recommendations in finalizing the design of the project" to "implemented stakeholder consultations and incorporates recommendations in finalizing the design of the project".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided at least three (3) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were implemented in the operations of the project, including specific requirements and recommendations from end users.
2 points Provided at least two (2) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were implemented in the operations of the project.
1 point Implemented stakeholder consultations and incorporates recommendations in the operations of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit:

  1. List of materially-affected stakeholders, which must include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Contact number,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Relationship to the project owner.
  2. Report on the conducted stakeholder consultations, which must include:
    • Attendance list,
    • Agenda of the consultation,
    • Proceedings of the consultation,
    • Recommendations from the stakeholders, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Report on how recommendations were incorporated in the design, which should be supported by:
    • Narrative of how the recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the final design of the project; and
    • Relevant sections of the plans and specifications reflecting the incorporated recommendations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit:

  1. Report on how the recommendations from the consultations were implemented in the project. The report should include narrative of how the recommendations incorporated in the design were implemented in the project.
  2. Relevant sections of the as-built plans and specifications reflecting the incorporated recommendations.
  3. Procurement documentation and implementation records reflecting the specified design strategies in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. List of materially-affected stakeholders. The list must include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Contact number,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Relationship to the project owner.
  2. Report on the conducted stakeholder consultations. The report must include:
    • Attendance list,
    • Agenda of the consultation,
    • Proceedings of the consultation,
    • Recommendations from the stakeholders, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Report on how recommendations were incorporated in the planning for the operations of the project. The report should be supported by:
    • Narrative of how the recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the operations of the project; and
    • Relevant sections of the plans, policies and procedures reflecting the incorporated recommendations.
  4. Report on how recommendations from the consultations were implemented in the project. The report must include the narrative of how the recommendations were implemented in the operations of the project.
  5. Relevant sections of the as-built plans and specifications reflecting the incorporated recommendations.
  6. Procurement documentation and implementation records reflecting the recommendations implemented during the operations of the project, which should include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  7. Report on the effectivity of the implementation of the recommendations. The report must include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the recommendations;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the recommendations and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to further improve the performance of the project.

Back to credit

MN-03 Project Management

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must optimize the delivery of the project through the effective management of the design, construction, and operations of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish the performance goals and sustainability targets for the project. The targets should include:
    • Environmental, economic and social priorities of the project; and
    • BERDE credits pursued for the project.
  2. Establish an interdisciplinary project team early in the development of the project. When establishing the project team, the project owner must:
    • Identify the primary roles and the necessary qualifications for the project;
    • Define the responsibilities of each project team member; and
    • Engage the members as early as the conceptualization of the project to ensure an integrated delivery of the project.
  3. Conduct a kick-off meeting to discuss the collaborative process for the delivery of the project.
  4. Conduct regular design charettes. All members of the project team, including the project owner, must participate in the charettes to ensure the optimization of the design and decision-making process. The project team should discuss the following during the charettes:
    • Regulatory requirements for the project;
    • Target credits for BERDE and performance targets;
    • Communications procedures for the project team;
    • Roles and responsibilities in the preparation of documentation for BERDE;
    • Design requirements and strategies for the project; and
    • Construction methodologies and schedules.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must conduct regular charettes to discuss the following:

Back to credit

Stage 3 – Operations

The project owner must:

  1. Establish the performance goals and sustainability targets for the project.
  2. Engage competent and qualified members of the project team for the operations of the project. The project owner must:
    • Identify the primary roles and the necessary qualifications for the operations of the project;
    • Define the responsibilities of each project team member; and
    • Engage the members for the operations of the project.
  3. Conduct a kick-off meeting to discuss the collaborative process for the operations of the project.

In addition, the project team must:

  1. Conduct regular charettes to discuss the following:
    • Roles and responsibilities in the project's operations, including the preparation of documentation for BERDE;
    • Regulatory requirements for the project;
    • Target credits for BERDE and performance targets;
    • Communication procedures for the project team and other stakeholders;
    • Implementation and monitoring of the policies and procedures;
    • Issues identified in the implementation of the plans; and
    • Actions taken to resolve the identified issues.
  2. Develop a project user guide. The user guide must be accessible and easily understood by the project team and users of the project. The user guide must include the following information:
    • General description of the project;
    • Description of the key roles and responsibilities of the project team for the operations of the building;
    • History of the project, including changes made to the project;
    • Regulatory compliance;
    • Performance goals and sustainability targets, including target BERDE Certification and rating;
    • Policies and procedures for the operations of the project, including key green building features of the project; and
    • Reporting and feedback procedures.
  3. Evaluate the effectivity of the project management during the project's operations. The project team must:
    • Review if the regular charettes and the project user guide were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in implementing the regular charettes and the use of the project user guide; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the project management of the operations of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented an integrated project delivery through regular design charettes.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 — Construction, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented an integrated project delivery through regular charettes during construction.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 — Construction, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented an integrated project delivery through regular charettes during operations and the implementation of the project user guide.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Addenda

28 July 2021, v4.0.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, changed the spelling of timeframe to time frame.

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.

Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, changed project chart to organizational chart for consistency in the format.

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Report on the performance goals and sustainability targets for the project;
  2. Project organizational chart. The organizational chart must include the following information:
    • Role in the project,
    • Responsibilities for the project,
    • Company,
    • Name of representative,
    • Designation,
    • Contact numbers,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Engagement period.
  3. Report on the kick-off meeting. The minutes of meeting report must include the following:
    • Attendance list,
    • Agenda of the kick-off meeting,
    • Proceedings of the meeting,
    • Recommendations from the process for the delivery of the project, and
    • Photographs.
  4. Report on the regular design charettes. The report should include the following documentation:
    • Attendance list,
    • Agenda of each design charette, and
    • Proceedings of each design charette must include:
      • Review of the regulatory requirements for project and recommendations to ensure its compliance;
      • Target credits for BERDE and its performance targets;
      • Time frame for the implementation of the plans, which should include the commencement date and deadline;
      • Methodology for monitoring and evaluating the implementation of the plans;
      • Organizational chart reflecting the roles and responsibilities of the project stakeholders during the implementation of the plans;
      • System for procuring products and services to support the implementation of the plans; and
      • Records of communicating the implementation of the plans to the project team members and project stakeholders.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 2 – Construction, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.

Under Compliance Notes Stage 2 – Construction, changed typographical error of the following: * from inlcude to include, * from resposiblities to responsibilities, * from Assesment to Assessment, and * from Opportunites to Opportunities.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Project organizational chart. The organizational chart must include the following information:
    • Role in the project,
    • Responsibilities for the project,
    • Company,
    • Name of representative,
    • Designation,
    • Contact numbers,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Engagement period.
  2. Report on the regular charettes. The regular charette report must include:
    • Attendance list,
    • Agenda of each charette,
    • Proceedings of each charette, which must include:
      • Milestones reached and the current progress of the implemented plans that are aligned with the provided time frame;
      • Resources allocated to support the implementation of the plan;
      • Performance of the stakeholders in fulfilling the roles and responsibilities assigned to them;
      • Assessment of the overall sustainability of the project after the implementation of the plan;
      • Issues encountered and observed during implementation;
      • Actions taken to address the issues encountered and observed during implementation; and
      • Opportunities to further improve the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project.
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 – Operations
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 3 – Operations, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Report on the performance goals and sustainability targets for the project;
  2. Project organizational chart. The project chart must include the following information:
    • Role in the project,
    • Responsibilities for the project,
    • Company,
    • Name of representative,
    • Designation,
    • Contact numbers,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Engagement period.
  3. Report on the kick-off meeting. The minutes of meeting report must include the following:
    • Attendance list,
    • Agenda of the kick-off meeting,
    • Proceedings of the meeting,
    • Recommendations from the process for the delivery of the project, and
    • Photographs.
  4. Report on the regular design charettes. The report should include the following documentation:
    • Attendance list,
    • Agenda of each design charette, and
    • Proceedings of each design charette, must include:
      • Review of the regulatory requirements for project and recommendations to ensure its compliance;
      • Target credits for BERDE and its performance targets;
      • Time frame for the implementation of the plans, which should include the commencement date and deadline;
      • Methodology for monitoring and evaluating the implementation of the plans;
      • Organizational chart reflecting the roles and responsibilities of the project stakeholders during the implementation of the plans;
      • System for procuring products and services to support the implementation of the plans; and
      • Records of communicating the implementation of the plans to the project team members and project.

Back to credit

MN-04 Certified Green Building

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to continue the commitment of the project owner to sustainability through green building certification.

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages

Buildings For building projects, the project must be a previously certified green building project certified under one of the following:

Tenants For tenant projects, the project must be located in a green building certified under one of the following:

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Added "submitted" to "previous green building certification of the project".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Submitted previous green building certification of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project owner should submit the green building certificate, which must include the following information:

Back to credit

MN-05 Staff Training

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages
Addenda

28 July 2021, v4.0.1

Under Requirements All Stages, changed life-cycle to life cycle for consistency.

The project team must establish and implement an education program for project staff on sustainability topics and skills.

The project team must:

  1. Establish an education program for project staff. The program should include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner in providing continuing education activities for supervisory, technical, and professional staff of the project;
    • Regular education activities on green building and sustainability topics, which should include:
      • Sustainability features, benefits and impacts, and actual implementation in the design, construction, and operations of projects;
      • Local heritage and nationalism; and
      • Gender diversity and sensitivity.
  2. Implement the education activities for at least twenty-five percent (25%) of all the employees for the project. The education activities must be implemented during the building life cycle stage of the project.
    • If during Stage 1 — Design, the activities must be conducted during the design development to the planning period of the project.
    • If during Stage 2 — Construction, the activities must be conducted during the site development to construction period of the project.
    • If during Stage 3 — Operations, the activities must be conducted during the performance period of the operations of the project.
  3. Evaluate the effectivity of the education program. The project team must:
    • Review if the education activities were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in planning and implementing the education activities for project staff; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the knowledge and skill of project staff on sustainability topics.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Seventy-five (75%) or more of the project staff received eighty (80) hours or more of trainings.
2 points Fifty percent (50%) to less than seventy-five percent (<75%) of the project staff received sixty (60) hours to less than eighty (<80) hours of trainings.
1 point Twenty-five percent (25%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of the project staff received forty (40) hours to less than sixty (<60) hours of trainings.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project team should submit:

  1. List of all employees for the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's designation or position in the project,
    • Trainings attended, and
    • Number of hours trained.
  2. Training calendar that must reflect the scheduled trainings for the project staff.
  3. Training report for each training conducted, which must include the following information:
    • Training name,
    • Training objective,
    • Training date,
    • Training period,
    • Program,
    • Instructors' names and qualifications,
    • Attendance list, and
    • Photographs.
  4. Training modules for each training conducted.
  5. Report reflecting the computation of the percentage of employees that successfully completed trainings.

Back to credit

MN-06 Green Building Education

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the establishment of an education program for project users on the green building strategies and solutions featured in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish an education program on the green building features of the project. The program must include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner in educating and providing access to the project users on the green building features of the project;
    • Highlight the green building features of the project and their sustainability benefits through:
      • Education activities and information campaigns on the design, construction, and operations of the green building features of the project, and
      • Information facilities such as markers, signage, kiosks, and bulletins.
    • Implementation of the program must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
  2. Prepare a case study on the design of the project. The project owner must provide consent on the publication and use of the case study for educational purposes to the PHILGBC. The case study should include:
    • The green building features of the project;
    • Positive environmental, economic, and social impact of the green building features of the project; and
    • Successes and lessons learned during the design of the project as an example for other projects.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the education program for project users on the green building strategies and solutions implemented in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Install the information facilities identified in the program.
  2. Prepare a case study on the construction of the project. The project owner must provide consent on the publication and use of the case study for educational purposes to the PHILGBC. The case study should include:
    • The green building features of the project;
    • Positive environmental, economic, and social impact of the green building features of the project; and
    • Successes and lessons learned during the construction of the project as an example for other projects.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the education program for project users on green building strategies and solutions featured in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish an education program on the green building features of the project. The program must include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner for the continued education and providing access to the project users on the green building features of the project;
    • Highlight the green building features of the project and their sustainability benefits through:
      • Education activities and information campaigns on the design, construction, and operations of the green building features of the project, and
      • Information facilities such as markers, signage, kiosks, and bulletins.
    • Implementation of the program must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
  2. Implement the education program. The implementation of the program must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program.
    • Implementation of the information facilities.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the education program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project users on the education program.
  3. Prepare a case study on the operations of the project. The project owner must provide consent on the publication and use of the case study for educational purposes to the PHILGBC. The case study should include:
    • The green building features of the project;
    • Positive environmental, economic, and social impact of the green building features of the project; and
    • Successes and lessons learned during the operations of the project as an example for other projects.
  4. Evaluate the effectivity of the implementation of the education program in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Review if the education program was successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in planning and implementing the education program for users; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the promotion of the sustainability features of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "establishment of the" to "established a".

Added "provided" to "access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project."

Added additional documents that are necessary to achieve higher point.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established a case study on the design of the project;
  • Established an education program to promote the green building features of the project; and
  • Provided access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project.
2 points
  • Established an education program to promote the green building features of the project; and
  • Provided access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project.
1 point Provided access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "establishment of the" to "established a".

Added "provide" to "access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project."

Added "+" to denote that the point may be achieve by submitting additional document.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established a case study on the design of the project;
  • Established an education program to promote the green building features of the project; and
  • Provided access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project.
2 points
  • Established an education program to promote the green building features of the project; and
  • Provided access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project.
1 point Provided access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "establishment of the" to "established a".

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented".

Added "provided" to "access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project."

Added additional documents that are necessary to achieve higher point.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established a case study on the design of the project;
  • Established an education program to promote the green building features of the project; and
  • Provided access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project.
2 points
  • Established an education program to promote the green building features of the project; and
  • Provided access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project.
1 point Provided access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of all of the green building strategies in the project,
    • Access routes of the users to view the green building strategies,
    • Location of the information facilities, which may include:
      • Kiosks,
      • Bulletins,
      • Markers, and
      • Signage.
  2. Specifications of the information facilities.
  3. Program for the promotion of all of the green building features, which should include the following information:
    • Schedule for regular activities to feature the green building strategies in the project; and
    • Resources allocated for the implementation of the program, including personnel requirements and budget;
  4. Case study on the design of the project. The case study must include:
    • The green building features of the project;
    • Positive environmental, economic, and social impact of the green building features of the project; and
    • Successes and lessons learned during the design of the project as an example for other projects.
  5. Purchase records the project team should submit purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies, or strategies in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of all of the green building strategies in the project;
    • Access routes of the users to view the green building strategies; and
    • Location of the information facilities, which may include:
      • Kiosks,
      • Bulletins,
      • Markers, and
      • Signage.
  2. As-built specifications of the information facilities;
  3. Procurement documentation and implementation records reflecting the specified design strategies in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. Documented policies and procedures for the promotion of all of the green building features, which must include the following information:
    • Schedule for regular activities to feature the green building strategies in the project; and
    • Resources allocated for the implementation of the program, including personnel requirements and budget.
  5. Case study on the design and construction of the project. The case study must include:
    • The green building features of the project;
    • Positive environmental, economic, and social impact of the green building features of the project; and
    • Successes and lessons learned during the design and construction of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of all of the featured green building strategies in the project,
    • Access routes of the users to view the green building strategies, and
    • Location of the information facilities, which may include:
      • Kiosks,
      • Bulletins,
      • Markers, and
      • Signage.
  2. As-built specifications of the information facilities.
  3. Program for the promotion of all of the green building features, which should include the following information:
    • Schedule for regular activities to feature the green building strategies in the project; and
    • Resources allocated for the implementation of the program, including personnel requirements and budget;
  4. Report reflecting the implementation of the regular activities for the promotion of the green building features, which must include:
    • Attendance list,
    • Proceedings of the activity, and
    • Photographs.
  5. Case study on the operations of the project. The case study must include:
    • The green building features of the project;
    • Positive environmental, economic, and social impact of the green building features of the project; and
    • Successes and lessons learned during the design and construction of the project.
  6. Procurement documentation. If products or services were procured for the operations of the project, the project team must submit:
    • Plans and specifications of the procured products, technologies, or equipment;
    • Purchase records, which should include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts,
      • Official receipts or sales invoices, and
      • Delivery receipts;
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

MN-07 Tenant Design and Construction Management

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy requiring tenants to comply with the tenant design and construction guidelines.
  2. Establish a tenant design and construction guidelines. The guidelines must include:
    • Description of the building and its green building features;
    • Pursued and awarded BERDE credits and its impact to the tenants;
    • Tenant requirements aligned with the pursued BERDE credits;
    • Documentation requirements for tenants to show compliance with the requirements; and
    • Resources for the fit-out or refurbishment of the tenant space, which may include example strategies, products, and services used for the building design and construction.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must:

  1. Implement the tenant design and construction guidelines. The implementation must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for monitoring the implementation of guidelines by the tenants.
    • Regular communications to tenants on the documented tenant design and construction guidelines.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the guidelines.
  2. Evaluate the effectivity of the guidelines. The project team must:
    • Review if the guidelines were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the implementation of the guidelines; and
    • Identify actions to improve the guidelines.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy requiring tenants to comply with the tenant design and construction guidelines.
  2. Evaluate the implementation of existing tenant design and construction guidelines. The evaluation must include:
    • Reviewing existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices in the design and construction of tenant spaces;
    • Assessing the previous implementation of the design and construction guidelines in the project;
    • Identifying issues of tenants in the implementation of fit-out and refurbishment guidelines; and
    • Identifying recommendations to improve the design and construction guidelines.
  3. Establish a tenant design and construction guidelines. The guidelines must include:
    • Description of the building and its green building features;
    • Pursued and awarded BERDE credits and its impact to the tenants;
    • Tenant requirements aligned with the pursued BERDE credits;
    • Documentation requirements for tenants to show compliance with the requirements; and
    • Resources for the fit-out or refurbishment of the tenant space, which may include example strategies, products, and services used for the building design and construction.
  4. Implement the tenant design and construction guidelines. The implementation of guidelines must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for monitoring the implementation of tenants.
    • Regular communications to tenants on the documented tenant design and construction guidelines.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the guidelines.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the guidelines. The project team must:
    • Review if the guidelines were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the implementation of the guidelines; and
    • Identify actions to improve the guidelines.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: If the project team demonstrates:
3 points Compliance with all requirements of this credit.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team must submit documentation reflecting the policies and procedures for educating tenants in implementing sustainable design and construction features in their improvements build-outs.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Initial assessment site assessment report on the leasable areas and tenants of the project. The report must reflect the following:
    • Type and number of leasable areas and zones,
    • Type and number of tenants,
    • Needs of different tenants, and
    • Uses and spaces in the building.
  2. Documented policies and procedures for tenant design and construction improvement. The policies and procedure must reflect the following:
    • Description of the sustainable design and construction features incorporated in the building;
    • Project's sustainability goals and objectives, pursued and awarded BERDE credits, and their impact to the tenants;
    • Requirements for tenant spaces to ensure compliance with the pursued and awarded BERDE credits;
    • Recommendations for sustainable strategies, products, materials, and services; and
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the guidelines.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team must demonstrate the implementation of the tenant guidelines.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the guidelines, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the guidelines,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  2. Communication records reflecting the regular communications to tenants on the design and construction guidelines, which should include:
    • Regular reporting to the project owner reflecting the status of the implementation of the guidelines;
    • Communicating the monitoring of the implementation of the guidelines; and
    • Communicating with the project team and tenants about the guidelines.
  3. Monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of tenant fit-outs and refurbishments complying with the guidelines.
  4. Report on the effectivity of the guidelines, which must include:
    • Evaluation of the effectivity of the implementation of the guidelines;
    • Challenges identified in the implementation of the guidelines and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the tenant guidelines.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy of the project owner requiring tenants to implement the tenant design and construction guidelines.
  2. Report on the review of existing tenant design and construction guidelines, which must include the following:
    • Reviewing existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices in the design and construction of tenant spaces;
    • Assessing the previous implementation of the design and construction guidelines in the project;
    • Identifying issues of tenants in the implementation of fit-out and refurbishment guidelines; and
    • Identifying recommendations to improve the design and construction guidelines.
  3. Documented policies and procedures for tenant design and construction. The guidelines must include the following:
    • Description of the sustainable design and construction features incorporated in the building;
    • Project's sustainability goals and objectives, pursued and awarded BERDE credits, and their impact to the tenants;
    • Requirements for tenant spaces to ensure compliance with the pursued and awarded BERDE credits;
    • Recommendations for sustainable strategies, products, materials, and services; and
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the guidelines.
  4. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the guidelines, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the guidelines,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  5. Communication records reflecting the regular communications to tenants on the design and construction guidelines, which should include:
    • Regular reporting to the project owner reflecting the status of the implementation of the guidelines;
    • Communicating the monitoring of the implementation of the guidelines; and
    • Communicating with the project team and tenants about the guidelines.
  6. Monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of tenant fit-outs and refurbishments complying with the guidelines.
  7. Report on the effectivity of the guidelines, which must include:
    • Evaluation of the effectivity of the implementation of the guidelines;
    • Challenges identified in the implementation of the guidelines and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the tenant guidelines.

Back to credit

Use of Land and Ecology

Use of Land and Ecology category promotes the effective site selection, the mindful use of land, and the reduced negative impact of construction and operations on the natural environment and local ecology.

No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
LE-01 Land Reuse S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancies
LE-02 Environmentally Critical Areas Protection S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancies
LE-03 High Priority Site S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancies
LE-04 Certified Green District All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
LE-05 Ecological Features Improvement All Stages Buildings All Occupancies
LE-06 Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancies
LE-07 Heat Island Reduction S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancies
LE-08 Landscape Management S3 All Projects All Occupancies
LE-09 Light Pollution Reduction All Stages All Projects All Occupancies

LE-01 Land Reuse

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 – Design

The project owner must:

  1. Select a previously developed land for the project. The previously developed land must be:
    • Previously used for institutional, industrial, commercial, or residential applications; and
    • Used for at least the past twenty (20) years.
  2. Evaluate the previous site conditions. The evaluation must include the following:
    • Engaging a qualified professional who is competent in:
      • Conducting site assessments, including determining site contaminations, and
      • Providing appropriate recommendations to manage and remediate site contaminations;
    • Conducting an initial site assessment to determine the site conditions prior to the project development.

If the land is contaminated, the project team must:

  1. Implement the necessary site remediation measures prior to the site redevelopment, which must include the following activities:
    • Identifying the remediation goal for the site;
    • Identifying the appropriate site remediation actions; and
    • Implementing the site remediation actions.
  2. Conduct a final site assessment on the conditions of the site after implementing the site remediation measures, which must include the following information:
    • Results of the site assessment; and
    • Recommendations for further site remediation and monitoring when necessary.

Back to credit

Stage 2 – Construction

The project team must construct the project on the previously developed land selected during design.

If further site remediation and monitoring during construction were recommended during the final site assessment, the project team must:

  1. Implement the site remediation measures; and
  2. Monitor the implementation of the site remediation measures.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "successful implementation of" to "implemented".

Changed "selection of" to "selected".

Added the additional documents that are necessary to achieve higher point.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the site remediation measures for the contaminated site; and
  • Selected the project site in a previously developed land.
2 points Selected the project site in a previously developed land.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "successful implementation of" to "implemented".

Changed "construction of" to "constructed".

Added the additional documents that are necessary to achieve higher point.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the site remediation measures for the contaminated site; and
  • Constructed the project in a previously developed land.
2 points Constructed the project in a previously developed land.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design , changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.

The project owner must submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in site assessment and site remediation activities;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in site assessment and site remediation activities; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Initial site assessment report reflecting the following information:
    • Footprint of the previous building on the site;
    • Occupancy type and description of the use of the previous building;
    • Period when the site was previously used; and
    • Site contamination.
  3. Historical information of the site must be supported by robust evidence on its previous use, ownership, and period it was developed. These information may be based on the following documents:
    • Property tax records,
    • Building and occupancy permits of the previous development,
    • Utility records of the previous development,
    • Zoning and land use records, and
    • Photographs.

If the land is contaminated, the project team must also submit the following:

  1. Report on the site remediation measures implemented in the site, which must include the following information:
    • Methodology for the remediation measures,
    • Remediation scope and objectives, and
    • Methodology for the validation of the objectives, site assessment, and testing;
  2. Report on the final assessment and testing, which must include the following information:
    • Results of the site remediation,
    • Photographs, and
    • If applicable, recommendations for further site management and monitoring during construction.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 2 – Construction, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to period on the list for consistency in the format.

If further site remediation and monitoring are required from Stage 1, the project team should submit:

  1. Report on implementation of the site remediation measures and monitoring, which must include the following information:
    • As-built plans and specifications of the site remediation measures, and
    • Monitoring records.
  2. Site assessment report reflecting the final assessment and testing, which must include the following information:
    • Results of the site remediation and monitoring; and
    • If applicable, recommendations for continued site management and monitoring in the operations.
  3. Photographs.

Back to credit

LE-02 Environmentally Critical Areas Protection

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 – Design

The project owner must:

  1. Evaluate the conditions of the site options. The evaluations must include the following:
    • Engaging a qualified professional who is competent in:
      • Conducting site assessments, including the ecological value of the sites; and
      • Providing appropriate recommendations in selecting a site that is not environmentally critical;
    • Coordinating with the national government agencies and the local government units to confirm if the site is an environmentally critical area; and
    • Conducting an initial site assessment to determine the site conditions prior to site selection.
  2. Select a project site that is not an environmentally critical area. Environmentally critical areas are the following:
    • Natural habitats, including:
      • Natural parks, watershed reserves, wildlife preserves, and sanctuaries,
      • Habitat of any endangered or threatened species or indigenous flora and fauna,
      • Mangrove areas,
      • Coral reefs, and
      • Mossy and virgin forests;
    • Water bodies, wetland areas, and foreshore lands, including:
      • Rivers and riverbanks, and
      • Swamp forest and marshlands;
    • Areas designated for potential tourist spots;
    • Areas with unique historic, archeological, or scientific interests;
    • Areas traditionally occupied by indigenous cultural communities or indigenous peoples;
    • Hazard prone areas, including:
      • Areas frequently affected by natural calamities, such as geological hazards, floods, typhoons and volcanic activities, and
      • Areas with critical slopes;
    • Prime agricultural lands; and
    • Recharge areas of aquifers.

Back to credit

Stage 2 – Construction

The project owner must construct the project on a site that is not an environmentally critical area.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "selection of" to "selected".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Selected a project site that is not an environmentally critical area.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "construction of" to "constructed".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Constructed the project in a site that is not an environmentally critical area.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design and Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in site assessment;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in site assessment; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Communication records or records from national government agencies and the local government units to confirm if the site is an environmentally critical area.
  3. Initial site assessment report reflecting the following information:
    • Occupancy type and description of the use of the previous building;
    • Period when the site was previously used; and
    • Site development plan.
  4. Report reflecting the historical information of the site showing the project site is not environmentally critical area. These information may be based on the following documents:
    • Property tax records;
    • Building and occupancy permits of the previous development;
    • Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report;
    • Utility records of the previous development;
    • Zoning and land use records; and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

LE-03 High Priority Site

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 – Design

The project owner must:

  1. Evaluate the conditions of the site options. The evaluations must include the following:
    • Engaging a qualified professional who is competent in:
      • Conducting site assessments, including evaluating if the site is a development priority area; and
      • Providing appropriate recommendations in selecting a development priority site;
    • Coordinating with the national government agencies and the local government units to confirm if the site is a development priority area;
    • Conducting an initial site assessment to determine the site conditions prior to site selection; and
    • Identifying the design and construction criteria of the development site.
  2. Select a project site within the development priority areas or areas with critical development constraints. The project must be located in one of the following areas:
    • Historic district,
    • Urban land reform zones, or
    • Areas for priority development.
  3. Incorporate the design and construction criteria of the development of the site in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 – Construction

The project owner must construct the project in a site within a development priority area or area with critical development constraints.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the strategies to meet the design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the site.
  2. Evaluate the implementation of the design and construction criteria of the project site in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "selection of" to "selected".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Selected a project site within a development priority area or area with critical development constraints.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "construction of" to "constructed".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Constructed the project in a site within development priority areas or areas with critical development constraints.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project owner should submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in site assessment;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in site assessment; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Communication records or documentation from national government agencies and the local government units to confirm if the site is a high priority site.
  3. Initial site assessment report, which must reflect the following information:
    • Designation as a high priority site, which may be based on:
      • Documented policies on the designation of the site from a national government agency;
      • Zoning and land use policies of the local government unit;
    • Designated of the site, whether the site is a:
      • Historic district,
      • Urban land reform zones, or
      • Areas for priority development.
    • If applicable, design and construction criteria in the site as a critical development area.

If there are design and construction requirements for the project site as designated in the policy of the national or local government agency, the project team must submit plans and specifications reflecting the how the project team incorporated the design and construction criteria in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must submit the following:

  1. As-built plans. reflecting all design related strategies implemented to meet the design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the site.
  2. As-built specifications. reflecting all design related strategies implemented to meet the design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the site.
  3. Photographs.

Back to credit

LE-04 Certified Green District

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to select a project site within a certified green district to ensure the building is located within a sustainable development.

Back to credit

Requirements

Buildings For building projects, the project must be located in a green district certified under one of the following:

Tenants For tenant projects, the project must be located in a building within green districts certified under one of the following:

Back to credit

Score Distribution

Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Added "submitted a" to "green districts certificate".

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Submitted a green districts certificate.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project owner must submit green districts certificate of the district where the project is located in, which must include the following information:

Back to credit

LE-05 Ecological Features Improvement

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 – Design

The project team must demonstrate the protection of existing ecological features in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Engaging a qualified professional who is competent in:
    • Conducting site assessments, including the ecological value of the project site; and
    • Providing appropriate recommendations in:
      • Protecting the existing ecological features,
      • Restoring the previous ecological features, and
      • Improving the ecological value of the project;
  2. Conduct an initial site assessment to determine the site conditions prior to the project development. The site assessment must include determining the existing ecological features within the site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
    • Trees of significant ecological value, as declared by the Forest Management Bureau (FMB);
    • Natural watercourse; and
    • Wetland areas.
  3. Establish strategies for restoring previous ecological features and improve the ecological features in the project. The strategies may include:
    • Using native or indigenous plants;
    • Rehabilitating natural watercourses and wetland areas; and
    • Integrating green roofs and green walls.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site and immediate surroundings, the project team must:

  1. Identify appropriate strategies to protect the existing critical ecological features.
  2. Implement the strategies to protect the existing ecological features before implementing any preparatory or preliminary construction works, including site clearing and erecting temporary site facilities.
  3. Continuously protect the existing critical ecological features during and after the construction of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 – Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the design of the project reflecting the protection of existing ecological features, restoration of previous ecological features, and improvement of the ecological value of the site and its immediate surroundings.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the strategies to improve the ecological features in the project.
  2. Conduct a final site assessment to determine the site conditions after the project's construction to determine the impact of the strategies on the project.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site and immediate surroundings, the project team must:

  1. Implement the strategies to protect existing ecological features until the completion of the project.
  2. Evaluate the implementation of the protection strategies after the project's construction to determine if the features were effectively protected.

Back to credit

Stage 3 – Operations

The project team must demonstrate the protection of existing ecological features, restoration of previous ecological features, and improvement of ecological features in the project's operations.

The project team must:

  1. Engaging a qualified professional who is competent in:
    • Conducting site assessments, including the ecological value of the project site; and
    • Providing appropriate recommendations in:
      • Protecting the existing ecological features,
      • Restoring the previous ecological features, and
      • Improving the ecological value of the project;
  2. Conduct an initial site assessment to determine the site conditions prior to the project development. The site assessment must include the following:
    • Determining the existing ecological features within the site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
      • Trees of significant ecological value, as declared by the Forest Management Bureau (FMB);
      • Natural watercourse; and
      • Wetland areas.
    • Evaluating the implementation of existing policies, procedures, and strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  3. Establish a protection and improvement program of the ecological features in the project. The program must include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner for the continued protection, restoration, and improvement of the ecological features in the project and immediate surroundings;
    • Strategies to restoring previous ecological features and improve the ecological features in the project. The strategies may include:
      • Using native or indigenous plants;
      • Rehabilitating natural watercourses and wetland areas;
      • Integrating green roofs and green walls; and
      • Adopting horticultural best practices, which may include:
        • Using non-toxic or less toxic pesticides, and
        • Using preventive pest management measures.
    • Highlight the ecological features of the project through:
      • Education activities and information campaigns on ecological features in the project, and
      • Information facilities such as markers, signage, kiosks, and bulletins.
  4. Implement policies and procedures for protecting and improving the ecological value of the project, which must include the following:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders;
    • Implementing the strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features of the project;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project users on the implementation of the strategies for the ecological features of the project.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the implementation of strategies in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in planning and implementing the program; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the ecological features of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed "demonstrates" to "submitted".

The project may be awarded: if the project team submitted:
3 points Specification of three (3) or more strategies to improve the ecological features in the design of the project.
2 points Specification of two (2) strategies to improve the ecological features in the design of the project.
1 point Specification of one (1) strategy to improve the ecological features in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, changed "demonstrates" to "implemented".

Removed "implemented" from "Three (3) or more strategies to improve the ecological features implemented in the operations of the project".

Removed "implemented" from "Two (2) strategies to improve the ecological features implemented in the operations of the project".

Removed "implemented" from "One (1) strategy to improve the ecological features implemented in the operations of the project".

The project may be awarded: if the project team implemented:
3 points Three (3) or more strategies to improve the ecological features in the project.
2 points Two (2) strategies to improve the ecological features in the project.
1 point One (1) strategy to improve the ecological features in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed "demonstrates" to "implements".

Removed "implemented" from "Three (3) or more strategies to improve the ecological features implemented in the operations of the project".

Removed "implemented" from "Two (2) strategies to improve the ecological features implemented in the operations of the project".

Removed "implemented" from "One (1) strategy to improve the ecological features implemented in the operations of the project".

The project may be awarded: if the project team implemented:
3 points Three (3) or more strategies to improve the ecological features in the operations of the project.
2 points Two (2) strategies to improve the ecological features in the operations of the project.
1 point One (1) strategy to improve the ecological features in the operations of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 – Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in planning and implementing the design to improve the ecological features of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing the design to improve the ecological features of the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Initial site assessment report reflecting the presence or absence of existing ecological features, which must reflect the following:
    • If there are no existing ecological features, the report must reflect the professional opinion and certification of the professional confirming the absence of critical ecological features in the project and its immediate surroundings.
    • If there are existing ecological features, the report must include:
      • Plans reflecting location the existing ecological features in the site and the immediate surroundings of the project;
      • Information on the existing ecological features; and
      • Photographs.
  3. Plans and specifications reflecting the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  4. Documented policies and procedures to restore and improve the ecological features of the project.
  5. Purchase orders as proof for the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies, or strategies in the design of the project.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site and immediate surroundings, the project team must submit:

  1. Plans and specifications reflecting the strategies to protect existing ecological features of the project.
  2. Documented policies and procedures to protect the existing ecological features of the project, which must include the following:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the protection of the existing ecological features;
    • Activities before implementing any preparatory or preliminary construction works;
    • Strategies to protect the ecological features during construction; and
    • Activities for the continuous protection of the ecological features after construction.

Back to credit

Stage 2 – Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the implemented strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  2. Procurement documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  4. Report on the final assessment reflecting the conditions of the project site after the project development.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site and immediate surroundings, The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the existing critical ecological features in the project.
  2. Procurement documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Communication records reflecting the instructions to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers on the implementation of the strategies, policies, and procedures.
  4. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the system,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  5. Monitoring report on the implementation of the strategies, which must include the following information:
    • Schedule of inspections;
    • Results of inspections, which should include:
      • Conformity with the procedures;
      • Issues identified or encountered in protecting the existing ecological features; and
      • Actions taken to address the issues encountered;
    • Photographs.
  6. Report on the final assessment reflecting the conditions of the existing ecological features of the project after construction.

Back to credit

Stage 3 – Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in planning and implementing the design to improve the ecological features of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing the design to improve the ecological features of the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Policy documentation reflecting a report on the initial site assessment on the presence or absence of existing ecological features, which must reflect the following:
    • If there are no existing ecological features, the report must reflect the professional opinion and certification of the professional confirming the absence of critical ecological features in the project and its immediate surroundings.
    • If there are existing ecological features, the report must include:
      • Plans reflecting location the existing ecological features in the site and the immediate surroundings of the project;
      • Information on the existing ecological features; and
      • Photographs.
  3. Documented policies and procedures for protecting and improving the ecological features of the project, which should include the following:
    • Identifying the target impact of the plan. The target impact should be the following:
      • Increased vegetation cover,
      • Restored native or indigenous flora and fauna,
      • Increased native plant species, and
      • Rehabilitated natural watercourse and wetland areas;
    • Identifying the strategies to protect and improve the ecological features of the project;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures; and
    • Identifying and assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  4. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the implemented strategies to protect and improve existing ecological features, and restore ecological features in the project.
  5. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the system,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  6. Communication records reflecting the following:
    • Regular reporting to the project owner on the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Regular coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers about the policies and procedures; and
    • Promoting the strategies to the users, staff, and visitors.
  7. Monitoring report on the implementation of the plan during the performance period reflecting the progress in achieving the target impact.
  8. Report on the effectivity of the strategies, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation whether the target impacts are achieved;
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.
  9. Procurement documentation. If products or services were procured to support the implementation of the strategies, the project team must submit:
    • Plans and specifications of the procured products, technologies, or equipment,
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Service contracts,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

LE-06 Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

29 July 2021, v4.1.0

Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, changed the requirement from vegetated open spaces must have more than one (1) native plant species to vegetated open spaces must have at least three (3) native plant species.

The project team must design at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the total lot area as vegetated open space. Vegetated open spaces must:

Health Facilities For health facilities, the project team must provide patients with direct access to exterior vegetated open spaces in the design of the project. The exterior vegetated open spaces should be accessible directly from individual patient rooms, treatment areas, or through shared exterior connections or common areas.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must construct the project with vegetated open spaces that are at least twenty-five (25%) of the total lot area.

Health Facilities For health facilities, the project team must implement direct access to exterior vegetated open spaces.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

Removed "is designed" from "Fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total lot area is designed as vegetated open spaces."

Removed "is designed" from "Forty percent (40%) to less than fifty-five (<55%) of the total lot area is designed as vegetated open spaces."

Removed "is designed" from "Twenty-five (25%) to less than forty (<40%) of the total lot area is designed as vegetated open spaces."

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
2 points Forty percent (40%) to less than fifty-five (<55%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
1 point Twenty-five (25%) to less than forty (<40%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

Removed "is constructed" from "Fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total lot area is constructed as vegetated open spaces."

Removed "is designed" from "Forty percent (40%) to less than fifty-five (<55%) of the total lot area is constructed as vegetated open spaces."

Removed "is designed" from "Twenty-five (25%) to less than forty (<40%) of the total lot area is constructed as vegetated open spaces."

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total lot area as vegetated open space.
2 points Forty percent (40%) to less than fifty-five (<55%) of the total lot area as vegetated open space.
1 point Twenty-five (25%) to less than forty (<40%) of the total lot area as vegetated open space.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting on the target vegetated open space for the project.
  2. Site plan, which must include the following information:
    • Total lot area in m2,
    • Total area of the vegetated open space in m2,
    • Location of the vegetated open spaces in the project, and
    • Access to the vegetated open space for the users.
  3. Landscape plan and schedule of plants, which must include the following information:
    • Types of native plants, and
    • Location of the native plants.
  4. Report on the calculations of the vegetated open space designed for the project, which must reflect the percentage of vegetated open space compared to the total lot area.
  5. Purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies, or strategies in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 2 – Construction, changed the punctuation mark dash to colon on the list for consistency in the format.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built site plan, which must include the following information:
    • Total lot area in m2,
    • Total area of the vegetated open space in m2,
    • Location of the vegetated open spaces in the project, and
    • Access to the vegetated open space for the users.
  2. As-built landscape plan and schedule of plants, which must include the following information:
    • Types of native plants, and
    • Location of the native plants.
  3. Report on the calculations of the vegetated open space implemented for the project, which must reflect the percentage of vegetated open space compared to the total lot area.
  4. Procurement documentation reflecting procurement and installation of the strategies, which must should include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, or
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Service contracts,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

LE-07 Heat Island Reduction

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must:

  1. Establish strategies to reduce heat absorption and retention in the project. Strategies to reduce heat island should include:
    • Shading for hardscapes, which may include:
      • Tree canopies, and
      • Roof structures with high solar reflectance index (SRI) value. Roof with a pitch:
        • Less than 15° must have:
          • an initial solar reflectance index (SRI) more than 82, or
          • a three-year SRI more than 64.
        • More than 15° must have:
          • an initial SRI more than 39, or
          • a three-year SRI more than 34.
    • Open-grid pavement systems with vegetation for hardscapes,
    • Landscaping and vegetated open spaces, and
    • Green roofs and green walls.
  2. Present the total horizontal surfaces covered with heat island reduction strategies in the design of the project. The strategies must cover at least fifty percent (50%) of the project's total lot area. Only horizontal surfaces must be included in the computation. Functional and usable spaces are excluded from the computation, such as helipads, recreational courts, areas covered by equipment, and solar panels.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must:

  1. Implement the heat island reduction strategies in the project.
  2. Present the total horizontal surfaces covered with heat island reduction strategies in the construction of the project. The strategies must cover at least fifty percent (50%) of the project's total lot area. Only horizontal surfaces must be included in the computation. Functional and usable spaces are excluded from the computation, such as helipads, recreational courts, areas covered by equipment, and solar panels.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Seventy percent (70%) or more of the total horizontal surfaces are covered by heat island reduction strategies.
2 points Sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the total horizontal surfaces are covered by heat island reduction strategies.
1 point Fifty percent (50%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) of the total horizontal surfaces are covered by heat island reduction strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Seventy percent (70%) or more of the total horizontal surfaces are covered by heat island effect reduction strategies.
2 points Sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the total horizontal surfaces are covered by heat island effect reduction strategies.
1 point Fifty percent (50%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) of the total horizontal surfaces are covered by heat island effect reduction strategies.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Plans reflecting the following information:
    • Total lot area in m2,
    • Location of the strategies identified, and
    • Area covered by each strategies identified in m2.
  2. Specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Details of the strategies identified;
    • For roof materials, SRI values for roofing and shading structures;
    • For vegetated open space, the specifications must include:
      • Types of native plants specified in the project; and
      • Location of the native plants in the design of the project.
  3. Report on the calculation of the total horizontal surface coverage of the strategies, which must reflect the following information:
    • Percentage coverage for each strategies compared to the total lot area; and
    • Total percentage coverage of all strategies compared to the total lot area.
  4. Purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies, or strategies in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the following information:
    • Total lot area in m2,
    • Location of the strategies identified, and
    • Area covered by each strategies identified in m2.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Details of the strategies identified;
    • For roof materials, SRI values for roofing and shading structures;
    • For vegetated open space, the specifications must include:
      • Types of native plants implemented in the project; and
      • Location of the native plants implemented in the project.
  3. Report on the calculation of the total horizontal surface coverage of the strategies, which must reflect the following information:
    • Percentage coverage for each strategies compared to the total lot area; and
    • Total percentage coverage of all strategies compared to the total lot area.
  4. Procurement documentation reflecting a report on the procurement and installation of the strategies, which should include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Service contracts,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

LE-08 Landscape Management

S3
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the management of energy, water, and solid waste when managing the landscaping in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Engaging a qualified professional who is competent in:
    • Conducting site assessments, including the ecological value of the project site; and
    • Providing appropriate recommendations for sustainable landscaping management.
  2. Evaluate the existing policies and procedures for landscape management in the project.
  3. Establish a sustainable landscape management program for the project. The program must include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner for the continued sustainable landscape management in the project;
    • Strategies for landscape management, which should include:
      • Use of water-efficient plants,
      • Use of water-efficient irrigation,
      • Proper landscape maintenance, and
      • Proper waste management.
    • Highlight the sustainable landscape management of the project through education activities and information campaigns to users on sustainable landscaping in the project.
  4. Implement the sustainable landscape management, which must include the following:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program;
    • Implementing the sustainable landscape management program;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project users on the implementation of the sustainable landscape management program in the project.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the implementation of the program in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in planning and implementing the program; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the landscape management of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" to "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented".

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the sustainable landscape management in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include the following:
    • Qualifications and competency in planning and implementing the landscape management plan;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing the landscape management plan; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Initial assessment report on existing policies, procedures, or practices on landscape management in the project, which must include the following:
    • Copies of the documented policies, procedures, and practices on landscape management of the project, and
    • Recommendations to improve the landscape management in the project.
  3. Landscape management plan, which must include the following:
    • Strategies for landscape management, which should include:
      • Proper maintenance of landscape in the operations of the project,
      • Proper waste management,
      • Green horticultural policies and procedures, and
      • Water efficient landscaping policies and procedures;
    • Target impacts of the strategies, which may include the following:
      • Energy reduction in kilowatts (kW),
      • Water reduction in liters (L),
      • Waste generation reduction in kilograms (kg), or
      • Improving local biodiversity;
    • Communication plan for the project team, external contractors, service providers, and users of the project;
    • Procedures for monitoring of implementation of the landscape management plan, and
    • Responsible parties for implementing the policies and procedures.
  4. Communication records to the project team, external contractors, and users on the strategies to be implemented.
  5. Documentation on the implementation of the strategies, which must include the following:
    • Maintenance reports;
    • Communication with the project team, external contractors, service providers, and users of the project for the implementation of the established policies and procedures; and
    • Photographs.
  6. Report on the impacts of the landscape management plan, which must include the following:
    • Energy reduction in kilowatts (kW),
    • Water reduction in liters (L),
    • Waste generation reduction in kilograms (kg), or
    • Improving local biodiversity;
  7. Report on the final assessment of the implementation of the landscape management strategies, which must include the following:
    • Review of the implementation of the policies and procedures,
    • Review of effectivity of implemented strategies, and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and targets to improve ecological features.

If there are changes or additional features, products, technologies or equipment will be introduced, the project team must submit:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the additional features implemented for the landscape management during operations.
  2. Procurement documentation reflecting a report on the procurement and installation of the strategies, which should include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices.
    • Service contracts,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

LE-09 Light Pollution Reduction

All Stages
All Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Resources

References

Illuminating Engineering Society. (2020). Luminaire Classification System For Outdoor Luminaires [IES Standard TM-15-20]. IES.

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified professional competent in planning and implementing exterior lighting systems.
  2. Conduct an initial assessment on the condition of the night sky on the project.
  3. Design the exterior lighting that mitigates light pollution. Ensure that the exterior lighting is designed to meet the applicable backlight, uplight, and glare (BUG) ratings based on ANSI/IES TM-15-20 — Luminaire Classification System for Outdoor Luminaires.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the design of exterior lighting that improves night sky access and nighttime visibility in the project.

The project team must implement the design for exterior lighting that reduces light pollution.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the management of light pollution in the project and how it continuously manages and improves the night sky access and nighttime visibility while reducing the impact on the nocturnal environment.

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Evaluating the exterior lighting system and its contribution to light pollution; and
    • Providing recommendations to improve the exterior lighting systems while reducing the project's contribution to light pollution.
  2. Evaluate the project's exterior lighting and its contribution to light pollution. The evaluation must include the following:
    • Evaluating the existing exterior lighting system and its contribution to light trespass, glare, and uplight; and
    • Reviewing existing policies and procedures in operating and maintaining the exterior lighting system.
  3. Establish a program to improve the exterior lighting system and lessen its impact on light pollution. The plan should include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner for the continued management and improvement of the exterior lighting system to contribute to increasing night sky access and nighttime visibility while reducing its negative impacts on the wildlife and people.
    • Improvement in the exterior lighting system to meet the applicable backlight, uplight, and glare (BUG) ratings based on ANSI/IES TM-15-20 — Luminaire Classification System for Outdoor Luminaires.
    • Promote the benefits of reducing light pollution to the project users.
  4. Implement the exterior lighting program, which must include the following:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program;
    • Implementing the improvements in the exterior lighting system;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project users on the implementation of the improvement in the exterior lighting system of the project and the benefits of reducing light pollution.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the implementation of the program in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Evaluate the light pollution from the project;
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in planning and implementing the program; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the exterior lighting system and reduce light pollution from the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" to "if the project team demonstrates".

Added "provided a" to "design of exterior lighting system using luminaires with the appropriate BUG ratings".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided a design of exterior lighting system using luminaires with the appropriate BUG ratings.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" to "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented".

The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Implemented the exterior lighting system using luminaires with the appropriate BUG ratings.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" to "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented improvements to the exterior lighting system to further reduce light pollution and implementation of the information campaign on the benefits of the reduction of light pollution to users.
2 points Implemented the exterior lighting system using luminaires with the appropriate BUG ratings.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project should submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in the development and implementation of the lighting design;
    • Responsibilities of the professional for the project, which must include:
      • Conducting an assessment to determine the condition of the night sky in the project; and
      • Specifying the appropriate outdoor lighting fixtures in the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Initial assessment report for night sky condition, which must reflect the following information:
    • Lighting zone category of each area in the project in accordance with industry-recognized standards;
    • Allowable luminaire backlight, uplight, and glare rating for each lighting zone; and
    • Recommendations to reduce light pollution in the project.
  3. Plans reflecting location of the following:
    • Identified lighting zones in the project; and
    • Street lighting network in the project.
  4. Specifications of the outdoor lighting fixtures for the project, which must include:
    • Type of outdoor lighting fixture specified in the design of the project;
    • Backlight, uplight and glare rating of the lighting fixture;
  5. Procurement documentation. The project team should submit purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the specified products, technologies, or strategies in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting location of the following:
    • Identified lighting zones in the project; and
    • Street lighting network in the project.
  2. As-built specifications of the outdoor lighting fixtures for the project, which must include:
    • Type of outdoor lighting fixture implemented in the project;
    • Backlight, uplight and glare rating of the lighting fixture;
  3. Procurement documentation reflecting a report on the procurement and installation of the outdoor lighting fixtures, which should include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders; and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices.
    • Delivery receipts;
    • Installation records; and
    • Photographs.
  4. Policies and procedures for the regular maintenance of the installed outdoor lighting fixtures in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

28 July 2021, v4.0.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 3 – Operations, changed the spelling of timeframe to time frame.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in the development and implementation of the lighting design;
    • Responsibilities of the professional for the project, which must include:
      • Conducting an assessment to determine the condition of the night sky in the project; and
      • Specifying the appropriate outdoor lighting fixtures in the project;
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Initial assessment report for night sky condition, which must reflect the following information:
    • Lighting zone category of each area in the project in accordance with industry-recognized standards;
    • Allowable luminaire backlight, uplight, and glare rating for each lighting zone;
    • Location of the following:
      • Identified lighting zones in the project, and
      • Street lighting network in the project;
    • Recommendations to reduce light pollution in the project.
  3. Policies and procedures for light pollution reduction, which must include the following:
    • Time frame for the implementation of the plan, which should include the commencement date and deadline;
    • Methodology for monitoring and evaluating the implementation of the plan;
    • Roles and responsibilities of the project team during the implementation of the plan; and
    • Communication for the project team on the requirements for outdoor lighting.
  4. Implementation records for light pollution reduction. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • As-built plans reflecting location of the following:
      • Identified lighting zones in the project, and
      • Street lighting network in the project;
    • As-built specifications of the outdoor lighting fixtures for the project, which must include:
      • Type of outdoor lighting fixture implemented in the project, and
      • Backlight, uplight and glare rating of the lighting fixture;
    • Procurement documentation reflecting the procurement and installation of the outdoor lighting fixtures, which should include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include:
        • Purchase orders, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoices;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.
  5. Report on the effectivity of the implemented strategies. The report must reflect the following information:
    • Assessment on the night sky condition of the project after the implementation of the plan;
    • Issues encountered and observed during implementation;
    • Actions taken to address the issues encountered and observed during implementation; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets for light pollution reduction.

Back to credit

Energy

Energy category focuses on managing, reducing, or eliminating the excessive use of energy in the project. The planning and implementation of energy efficiency and conservation strategies, as well as the utilization of on-site or off-site renewable energy, should result in a significant reduction from the project's overall energy consumption.

Credits

No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
EN-01 Energy Consumption All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
EN-02 Renewable Energy All Stages Buildings All Occupancies

EN-01 Energy Consumption Reduction

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Resources

References

  • An Act Promoting the Development, Utilization and Commercialization of Renewable Energy Resources and for Other Purposes, Republic Act No. 9513 (2008).
  • An Act Institutionalizing Energy Efficiency and Conservation, Enhancing the Efficient Use of Energy, and Granting Incentives to Energy Efficiency and Conservation Projects, Republic Act No. 11285 (2019).
  • Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2011). PNS ISO 50001:2011 Energy management systems — Requirements with guidance for use.
  • Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2014). PNS ISO 50002:2014 Energy audits — Requirements with guidance for use.
  • Department of Energy. (2018, July 18). Department Circular No. DC2018-07-0019—Promulgating the Rules and Guidelines Governing the Establishment of the Green Energy Option Program Pursuant to the Renewable Energy Act of 2008. Retrieved from DOE Website
Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the energy consumption reduction in the design of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish the target energy consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional in planning and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project.
  3. Establish an energy base case. The energy base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected energy use patterns during the operations of the project. The energy base case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
    • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
  4. Design the project that incorporates the following:
    • Passive design strategies for energy conservation. Passive design strategies should include the following:
      • The proper design of the building envelope to:
        • Reduce heat gain, and
        • Reduce air and moisture infiltration in air-conditioned spaces.
      • The use of natural ventilation to reduce the need for active cooling technologies;
      • The use of daylighting to reduce the need for artificial lighting; and
      • The use of co-generation and tri-generation to maximize energy use in the project.
    • Active energy efficient technologies and products. Energy efficiency strategies should include the specification and procurement of energy efficient equipment and technologies, including:
      • HVAC and refrigeration systems,
      • Lighting, and
      • Pumps and motors.
  5. Establish an energy metering and monitoring system to monitor the energy consumption during the project's operations. The project team must be able to measure and monitor the energy consumption of the project by each energy end uses or area.
  6. Establish an energy design case. The energy design case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the design of the project,
    • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh,
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2,
    • Percentage energy consumption reduction attributed to:
      • Passive design strategies to conserve energy; and
      • Active energy efficient technologies and products to optimize energy use.
    • Percentage total energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and how it achieved the target energy consumption reduction.

The project team must:

  1. Implement energy efficiency and conservation strategies.
  2. Install the energy meters.
  3. Conduct commissioning and testing for the energy-related building systems in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the performance requirements were achieved for all energy-related building systems implemented. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
    • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. The standards used must be appropriate for each energy-related building system.
  4. Present the energy as-built case. The energy as-built case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the implemented design of the project,
    • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh,
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2,
    • Percentage energy consumption reduction attributed to:
      • Passive design strategies to conserve energy; and
      • Active energy efficient technologies and products to optimize energy use.
    • Percentage total energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the energy management in the project and how they continuously improve the energy performance of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish the target energy consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional in evaluating the energy performance of the project and recommending further opportunities for managing energy in the operations of the project.
  3. Present the energy base case. The energy base case should be the actual energy consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The energy base case must include the following:
    • Annual actual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
    • Annual actual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
  4. Evaluate the energy use in the project. The evaluation must include the following:
    • Effectivity of the implementation of existing energy efficiency and conservation strategies, which should include:
      • Passive design strategies for energy conservation. Passive design strategies should include the following:
        • Proper design of the building envelope to:
          • Reduce heat gain, and
          • Reduce air and moisture infiltration in air-conditioned spaces.
        • Natural ventilation to reduce using active cooling technologies;
        • Daylighting strategies to reduce the need for artificial lighting; and
        • Co-generation and tri-generation to maximize energy use in the project.
      • Active energy efficient technologies and products. Energy efficiency strategies should include the specification and procurement of energy efficient equipment and technologies, including:
        • HVAC and refrigeration systems,
        • Lighting, and
        • Pumps and motors.
    • Implementation of existing policies and procedures for energy management in the project; and
    • Metering and monitoring system in the project.
  5. Establish the following:
    • Energy efficiency and conservation strategies to further improve the energy performance of the project; and
    • Policies and procedures for energy management for the operations of the project.
  6. Implement the energy efficiency and conservation strategies and the policies and procedures for energy management in the project. The implementation of the strategies must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program.
    • Installation of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies.
    • Monitoring and recording the energy consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project users on the policies and procedures for the following:
      • Implementation of energy efficiency and conservation strategies, and
      • Management of energy use in the project.
  7. Evaluate the effectivity of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Present the energy performance case during the performance period, which must include:
      • Annual actual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
      • Annual actual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
      • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
    • Review if the strategies were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in managing energy in the operations of the project; and
    • Identify actions to improve the energy performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Fifty percent (50%) or more projected energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
2 points Thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) projected energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
1 points Fifteen percent (15%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) projected energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Fifty percent (50%) or more projected energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
2 points Thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) projected energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
1 points Fifteen percent (15%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) projected energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Forty percent (40%) or more energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
2 points Twenty percent (20%) to less than forty percent (<40%) energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
1 points Ten percent (10%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, corrected the spelling from sysstems to systems.

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team should submit documentation reflecting the energy performance of the project and the strategies that enabled the project to achieve its target energy consumption reduction for the project.

The project should submit:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the target energy consumption reduction of the project. The policy of the project must reflect the percentage (%) target energy consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in designing using passive strategies to conserve energy, energy efficiency strategies to reduce the energy demand, and renewal energy;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Energy base case report. The energy base case report must reflect the projected annual operational energy consumption of the project.
  4. Energy design case report containing the following information:
    • Analysis how the project team selected the final design option for the project,
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
    • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
  5. Occupancy profile of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Maximum number of users per shift;
    • Number of shifts for the project; and
    • Number of hours per shift.
  6. Plans reflecting the following information:
    • All energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
      • Building envelope,
      • HVAC systems,
      • Lighting and daylighting systems,
      • Pumps and motors, and
      • Receptacle loads.
    • Energy meters in the project; and
    • Scope of each energy meter.
  7. Specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Quality and performance details for:
      • All-energy related building systems in the project,
      • Passive design strategies in the project,
      • Active energy efficient strategies in the project,
      • Renewable energy systems, and
      • Energy meters.
    • Scope of each meter.
  8. Schedule of energy meters.
    • Product name and model,
    • Number of energy meters, and
    • Scope of each energy meter.
  9. Occupancy profile of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Maximum number of users per shift,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift.
  10. Documented policies and procedures for the following:
    • Proper use of the energy meters for monitoring and reporting; and
    • proper use and maintenance of all energy-related building systems, including:
      • The proper use and maintenance of all energy-related building systems for the project owner and building manager; and
      • The design and construction requirements for tenants fit-outs.
  11. Purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase the specified design strategies.

If the project will be specifying a building automation system (BAS), the project team should submit plans and specification, which should include the following information:

Energy design case

When preparing the energy design case, the project team must be able to demonstrate how the project improved the energy performance of the project through the design of the project.

The project team must submit the energy design case report, which must include:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team should submit documentation that demonstrates the implementation of the design of the project reflecting its energy efficiency and conservation strategies and how it achieved its target energy consumption reduction.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the following information:
    • All energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
      • Building envelope,
      • HVAC systems,
      • Lighting and daylighting systems,
      • Pumps and motors, and
      • Receptacle loads.
    • Energy meters in the project;
    • Scope of each energy meter.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Quality and performance details for the following:
      • All energy-related building systems in the project,
      • Passive design strategies in the project,
      • Active energy efficient strategies in the project,
      • Renewable energy system, and
      • Energy meters.
    • Scope of each meter.
  3. Occupancy profile of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Maximum number of users per shift,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift.
  4. Documented policies and procedures for the following:
    • Proper use of the energy meters for monitoring and reporting; and
    • proper use and maintenance of all energy-related building systems, including:
      • The proper use and maintenance of all energy-related building systems for the project owner and building manager; and
      • The design and construction requirements for tenants fit-outs.
  5. Commissioning report reflecting all energy-related building systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated. The commissioning report must contain the confirmation that all energy-related building systems meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.
  6. Energy as-built design case report containing the computation for the potential energy consumption reduction of the project based on implemented strategies, which must include the following information:

    • Schedule of loads reflecting the energy consumption rates of each energy-related building systems in the project;
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption of the project, which must include:
      • Annual energy consumption in kWh per end use,
      • Annual total energy consumption in kWh, and
      • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2;
    • Percentage of the projected energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case. To calculate for the energy consumption reduction, you may use this formula:

      % Ereduced = Ebase − Eas-built × 100%
      Ebase

      where:

      Ereduced = Energy consumption reduction
      Ebase = Energy consumption based on energy base case
      Eas-built = Energy consumption based on energy as-built case

  7. Procurement documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:

    • Purchase records, which should include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team should submit documentation that demonstrates the implementation of the design of the project reflecting its energy efficiency and conservation strategies and how it achieved its target energy consumption reduction.

The project team must submit:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the target energy consumption reduction of the project. The policy of the project must reflect the percentage (%) target energy consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in designing using passive strategies to conserve energy, energy efficiency strategies to reduce the energy demand, and renewal energy;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. As-built plans reflecting the following information:
    • All energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
      • Building envelope,
      • HVAC systems,
      • Lighting and daylighting systems,
      • Pumps and motors, and
      • Receptacle loads;
    • Energy meters in the project, and
    • Scope of each energy meter.
  4. As-built specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Quality and performance details for the following:
      • All energy-related building systems in the project,
      • Passive design strategies in the project,
      • Active energy efficient strategies in the project,
      • Renewable energy system, and
      • Energy meters;
    • Scope of each meter.
  5. Occupancy profile of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Maximum number of users per shift;
    • Number of shifts for the project; and
    • Number of hours per shift.
  6. Energy base case report. The energy base case report must reflect the actual annual operational energy consumption of the project.
  7. Energy efficiency and conservation plan for the operations of the project. The plan must include the following:
    • Establishing the energy consumption reduction target for the project;
    • Using energy systems properly;
    • Monitoring the energy consumption of the project;
    • Procuring energy efficient and conserving products and services;
    • Maintaining the energy systems;
    • Conducting energy audits periodically;
    • Communicating the target reduction and the energy efficiency and conservation strategies to the building owner, building manager, project team, external contractors, suppliers, and users of the project; and
    • Monitoring the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies;
  8. Commissioning report reflecting all energy-related building systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated. The commissioning report must contain the confirmation that all energy-related building systems meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.
  9. Proof of the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include:

    • Communication records, which must include:
      • Reporting the status of the implementation of the strategies and achievement of the target reduction to the project team members;
      • Communicating requirements to reduce energy consumption, implementation of energy efficiency and conservation strategies, and procurement of efficient and conserving products and services to external contractors, suppliers, and service providers;
      • Raising awareness and informing users about the energy efficiency and conservation strategies and targets for the projects; and
    • Monitoring reports;
    • Energy audit reports; and
    • Photographs.

    Tenants For tenant projects, the communication records should reflect the coordination with the building owner and manager on strategies that may affect shared spaces and other occupied spaces.

  10. Report on the calculation of the energy consumption reduction of the project. The report must include the following information:

    • Energy consumption data for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Reference of the energy data usage, which must be either of the following:
      • Utility bills, or
      • Metering reports;
    • Calculation of the energy consumption reduction achieved in the operations in kWh/m2 ; and
    • Calculation of the percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case. To calculate for the energy consumption reduction, you may use this formula:

      % Ereduced = Ebase − Eperformance × 100%
      Ebase

      where:

      Ereduced = Energy consumption reduction
      Ebase = Energy consumption based on the actual operational energy consumption for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period
      Eperformance = Energy consumption based on the actual operational energy consumption for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

  11. Procurement documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:

    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  12. Report on the effectivity of the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies, which must include:

    • Evaluation of whether the target energy consumption reduction was achieved;
    • Evaluation of the effectivity of the established energy efficiency and conservation strategies;
    • Challenges identified in the implementation of the strategies, and the action taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the performance of the project.

Back to credit

Energy base case

The project team must use one of the following options:

  1. Simulate the project's energy base case.
  2. Calculate the project's energy base case.
  3. Use an energy base case based on an existing comparable project.
  4. Use an energy base case based on a reference standard.
  5. Use the actual energy consumption of the project for the previous twelve (12) months.

Tenants

For tenant projects, the project team may also use energy base case of the base building.

Simulate the energy base case

When simulating the energy base case, the project team must submit:

  1. Copy of the standard used for the energy simulation for the project.
  2. Report on the scope and narrative description of the building used in the simulation, including the following:
    • Total gross floor area in m2,
    • Occupancy profile, including:
      • Potential total number of users, and
      • Occupancy patterns, including:
        • Maximum number of users per shifts,
        • Number of shifts for the project, and
        • Number of hours per shift;
    • Building use,
    • All energy-related building systems in the project,
    • Simulation program and its version used, and
    • Summary of the energy modeling input data.
  3. Report on the simulated energy base of the project, including the following:
    • Annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
    • Annual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Calculate the energy base case

When calculating the energy base case, the calculation for the energy performance must be reflective of the potential energy use patterns during the operations of the project. The project team must establish the narrative how the project and its energy-related building systems will be used to simulate the potential energy use in the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. Report on the scope and narrative description of the building used for the calculation, including:
    • Total gross floor area in m2,
    • Occupancy profile, including:
      • Maximum number of users per shifts,
      • Number of shifts for the project, and
      • Number of hours per shift;
    • Building use, and
    • All energy-related building systems in the project.
  2. Copy of the reference code or generally-accepted standards used for the energy consumption rates.
  3. Report presenting the calculations for the projected annual operational energy consumption, including the following:
    • Annual energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
    • Annual total energy consumption of the project in kWh, and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Use the energy base case of a comparable project
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under the Use the energy base case of a comparable project, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.

When using an energy base base of an existing comparable project, the project team must be able to establish how the identified comparable project is similar to the design and function of the project. This is to ensure that the base case that will be established will be at par with the projected energy performance of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. Report on the technical description of the identified existing comparable project, which must include the following information:
    • Project name,
    • Project location,
    • Project owner's name,
    • Total gross floor area of the project in m2,
    • Description of the project's use, and
    • Occupancy profile of the comparable project, which must include the following information:
      • Maximum number of users per shifts,
      • Number of shifts for the project, and
      • Number of hours per shift.
  2. Proof of ownership or authorization for the use of the energy consumption data of the comparable project.
  3. Documented energy consumption data of the comparable project, which must be based on either of the following:
    • Energy consumption rates of the comparable project, which must include:
      • All energy-related building systems in the comparable project;
      • Annual total energy consumption of the comparable project in kWh;
      • Annual energy consumption in kWh for each identified energy-related building systems based on building codes or generally-accepted standards; and
      • Copy of the relevant sections of the identified reference standards.
    • Actual energy consumption of the comparable base building for at least twelve (12) months, which must be either from:
      • Utility bills, or
      • Energy monitoring reports.
  4. Report presenting the calculations for the projected annual operational energy consumption, including the following:
    • Annual energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
    • Annual total energy consumption of the project in kWh; and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Use an energy base case from a reference standard

When using an energy base case from a reference standard, the project team must use the base case applicable to the project, which may be based on the scope of the base case, project type or occupancy type.

The project team must submit:

  1. Copy of the reference standard for the energy base case.
  2. Documented occupancy profile based on the design of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Maximum number of users per shifts,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift;
  3. Report presenting the calculations for the projected annual operational energy consumption, including the following:
    • Annual total energy consumption of the project in kWh; and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Present the annual energy consumption

S3

For projects under operations, the project team should present the actual energy consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. Copy of the reference documents for the energy consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period, which should include:
    • Utility bills, or
    • Energy metering reports.
  2. Documented occupancy profile based on the operations of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Maximum number of users per shifts,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift;
  3. Report presenting the actual annual operational energy consumption, including the following:
    • Annual energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
    • Annual total energy consumption of the project in kWh; and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Use the energy base case of the base building

Tenants

When using the established energy base case of the base building, the project team is responsible for acquiring the information from the building owner or management. The base case of the base building may be used to calculate for the projected energy consumption of the tenanted space.

The project team must submit:

  1. Energy base case report of the base building, which must be based on either of the following:
    • Computed energy consumption rates of the design of the project, which must include the following:
      • List of identified energy-related building systems in the design of the project;
      • Schedule of energy consumption rates, which must include:
        • List of reference standards for the energy consumption rates used for the base case;
        • Copy of the relevant sections of the identified reference standards; and
        • Energy consumption rates for each identified energy-related building system.
    • Actual energy consumption of the base building for at least twelve (12) months, which must be either from:
      • Utility bills, or
      • Energy monitoring reports.
  2. Report presenting the calculations for the annual operational energy consumption of the tenant project, including the following:
    • Annual energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
    • Annual total energy consumption of the project in kWh; and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.

Back to credit

EN-02 Renewable Energy

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Resources

References

  • An Act Promoting the Development, Utilization and Commercialization of Renewable Energy Resources and for Other Purposes, Republic Act No. 9513 (2008).
  • An Act Institutionalizing Energy Efficiency and Conservation, Enhancing the Efficient Use of Energy, and Granting Incentives to Energy Efficiency and Conservation Projects, Republic Act No. 11285 (2019).
  • Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2011). PNS ISO 50001:2011 Energy management systems — Requirements with guidance for use.
  • Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2014). PNS ISO 50002:2014 Energy audits — Requirements with guidance for use.
  • Department of Energy. (2018, July 18). Department Circular No. DC2018-07-0019—Promulgating the Rules and Guidelines Governing the Establishment of the Green Energy Option Program Pursuant to the Renewable Energy Act of 2008. Retrieved from DOE Website
Stage 1 — Design

The project team must incorporate renewable energy in the project's design. The renewable energy system must supply renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a target renewable energy generation for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional who is competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment to determine the renewable energy appropriate for the project; and
    • Planning and implementing renewable energy in the project.
  3. Establish an energy design case. The energy design case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the design of the project,
    • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
  4. Identify the appropriate renewable energy system for the project. The project should:
    • Generate power using on-site renewable energy,
    • Purchase renewable energy from off-site retail electricity supplier, or
    • Use a combination of on-site renewable energy and off-site renewable energy.
  5. Establish an energy metering and monitoring system to monitor the renewable energy use during the project's operations.
  6. Present the energy production equivalent of the renewable energy system specified in the project in kWh/m2.
On-site Renewable Energy

If renewable energy will be generated on-site, the project team must:

  1. Identify the appropriate renewable energy system for the project.
  2. Present the projected percentage of renewable energy that will be generated by the on-site renewable energy system.
Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project will be using off-site renewable energy, the project team must engage a registered retail electricity supplier to:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must:

  1. Implement the renewable energy system identified during design. The renewable energy system must supply renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
  2. Install the energy metering and monitoring system.
  3. Present the energy production equivalent of the renewable energy system implemented in the project in kWh/m2.
On-site Renewable Energy

If renewable energy will be generated on-site, the project team must:

  1. Implement the identified renewable energy system for the project.
  2. Conduct commissioning and testing for the on-site renewable system in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the performance requirements were achieved for the on-site renewable system. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
    • Based on a testing methodology from a generally accepted standard for on-site renewable energy system.
  3. Present the projected annual renewable energy that will be generated by the on-site renewable energy system.
Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project will use off-site renewable energy, the project team confirm the supply from a registered retail electricity supplier to:

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the use of renewable energy in the project during operations.

The project team must:

  1. Establish the target renewable energy offset for the operations of the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional who is competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing renewable energy used in the project; and
    • Planning and implementing improvements in the use of renewable energy in the project.
  3. Present the energy base case. The energy base case should be the actual energy consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The energy base case must include the following:
    • Annual actual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
    • Annual actual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
  4. Evaluate the renewable energy use in the project. The evaluation must include the following:
    • Renewable energy use during the base case period of the project; and
    • Implementation of existing policies and procedures for renewable energy use in the project.
  5. Identify improvements in renewable energy use to further improve the energy performance in the project.
  6. Implement the improvement in the renewable energy use in the project. The implementation of the strategies must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program.
    • Implementation of the renewable energy system.
    • Monitoring and recording the renewable energy consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project users on the policies and procedures on renewable energy use and its benefits.
  7. Evaluate the effectivity of renewable energy use in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Present the energy production equivalent of the renewable energy used in the project in kWh/m2.
    • Present the challenges encountered in the use of renewable energy in the operations of the project; and
    • Identify actions to improve the energy performance of the project.
On-site Renewable Energy

If the project has an existing renewable energy system on-site, the project team must:

  1. Present the on-site renewable energy system used in the project.
  2. Present the annual actual renewable energy generated by the on-site renewable energy system.
Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project is purchasing off-site renewable energy, present the renewable energy supplied by a registered retail electricity supplier. The renewable energy supplied must be:

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, changed "demonstrates" to ”provided".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided:
3 points Supply of off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the projected operational energy demand of the project for at least five (5) years.
3 points Design of an on-site renewable energy system to supply ten percent (10%) or more renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
2 points Design of an on-site renewable energy system to supply five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
1 point Design of an on-site renewable energy system to supply three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Added "provided" to "supply of off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the projected operational energy demand of the project for at least five (5) years."

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided supply of off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the projected operational energy demand of the project for at least five (5) years.
3 points Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply ten percent (10%) or more renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
2 points Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
1 point Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Added "provided" to "supply of off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the projected operational energy demand of the project for at least five (5) years."

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided supply of off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the operational energy demand of the project for at least three (3) years.
3 points Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply ten percent (10%) or more renewable energy based on the operational energy demand of the project.
2 points Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) renewable energy based on the operational energy demand of the project.
1 point Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) renewable energy based on the operational energy demand of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team should submit documentation reflecting the use of renewable energy.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy of the project owner for the use of renewable energy for the operational energy use of the project, which should also reflect the target renewable energy generation for the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in planning and implementing renewal energy;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing renewable energy for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Communication records reflecting policy for renewable energy was effectively communicated to the project team members.
  4. Feasibility study reflecting the considerations and analysis of the project team on what type of renewable energy is appropriate and will be used for the project.
  5. Energy base case report..
  6. Energy design case report containing the computation for the potential annual energy production. The potential energy production must be presented in the following:
    • Equivalent energy intensity in kWh/m2 for the potential renewable energy production, and
    • Percentage of the equivalent energy intensity for the renewable energy production compared to the total annual operational energy consumption established in the energy base case.
  7. Policies and procedures for the continuous use and maintenance of the renewable energy in the project's operations.

If the project will be using on-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. Plans reflecting the location of the renewable energy system specified for the project.
  2. Specifications reflecting the renewable energy system specified in the project, including the following information:
    • Type of renewable energy system,
    • Quality requirements for the renewable energy system, and
    • Performance requirement including the potential energy generation.
  3. Proof of the procurement of the renewable energy system, which should include:
    • Purchase order reflecting the purchase of the specified renewable energy system, or
    • Service contract reflecting the procurement of on-site renewable energy services from third-party service providers. If the on-site renewable energy system is leased by the project owner, the service contract must reflect the:
      • Specifications of the selected renewable energy system compliant with the performance requirements for the project, and
      • Duration of the lease or use of the system for at least five (5) years from the start of the operations of the project.

If the project will be using off-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the approved supply contract with a registered retail electricity supplier reflecting the following:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team should submit documentation reflecting the use of renewable energy.

  1. As-built plans reflecting the following information:
    • All energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
      • Building envelope,
      • HVAC systems,
      • Lighting and daylighting systems,
      • Pumps and motors, and
      • Receptacle loads.
    • Energy meters, and
    • Scope of each energy meter.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Quality and performance details for:
      • All energy-related building systems in the project,
      • Passive design strategies in the project,
      • Active energy efficient strategies in the project,
      • Renewable energy system, and
      • Energy meters.
    • Scope of each meter.
  3. Commissioning report reflecting the renewable energy systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated. The commissioning report must contain the confirmation that renewable energy systems meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.
  4. Energy as-built case report containing the computation for the potential annual renewable energy production. The potential renewable energy generation must be presented in the following:
    • Equivalent energy intensity in kWh/m2 for the potential renewable energy production, and
    • Percentage of the equivalent energy intensity for the renewable energy production compared to the total annual operational energy production compared to the total annual operational energy consumption established in the energy base case.

If the project will be using on-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the location of the renewable energy system specified for the project.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the renewable energy system specified in the project, including the following information:
    • Type of renewable energy system,
    • Quality requirements for the renewable energy system, and
    • Performance requirement including the potential energy generation.
  3. Proof of the procurement of the renewable energy system, which should include:
    • Purchase order reflecting the purchase of the specified renewable energy system, or
    • Service contract reflecting the procurement of on-site renewable energy services fro third-party service providers. If the on-site renewable energy system is leased by the project owner, the service contract must reflect the:
      • Specifications of the selected renewable energy system compliant with the performance requirements for the project, and
      • Duration of the lease or use of the system for at least five (5) years from the start of the operations of the project.

If the project will be using off-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the approved supply contract with a registered retail electricity supplier reflecting the following:

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Policy document reflecting the commitment of the project owner to continuously improve the energy performance and advance net zero energy in the operations of the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in the operations of the project and improving the energy performance of the project using passive strategies to conserve energy, energy efficiency strategies to reduce the energy demand, and renewable energy;
    • Responsibilities of the professionals for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Energy base case report.
  4. As-built plans reflecting the following information:
    • All energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
      • Building envelope,
      • HVAC systems,
      • Lighting and daylighting systems,
      • Pumps and motors, and
      • Receptacle loads.
    • Energy meters, and
    • Scope of each energy meter.
  5. As-built specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Quality and performance details for:
      • All energy-related building systems in the project,
      • Passive design strategies in the project,
      • Active energy efficient strategies in the project,
      • Renewable energy system, and
      • Energy meters.
    • Scope of each meter.
  6. Policies and procedures for the proper use and maintenance of the energy-related building systems, including:
    • The proper use and maintenance of the passive design strategies for the project owner and building manager; and
    • The design and construction requirements for tenant fit-outs.
  7. Proof of the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include:
    • Communication records,
    • Monitoring reports,
    • Energy audit reports, and
    • Photographs.
  8. Report on the evaluation of the effectivity of the existing energy efficiency strategies in the project. The evaluation should include:
    • Evaluation of the effectivity of the energy efficiency strategies;
    • Challenges identified in the implementation of the strategies;
    • Actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to further improve the energy efficiency strategies of the project.
  9. Commissioning report reflecting the renewable energy systems were successfully maintained, tested and evaluated.
  10. Energy operations case report containing the computation for the actual annual renewable energy production in the project. The renewable energy use must be presented in the following:
    • Equivalent energy intensity in kWh/m for the renewable energy used, and
    • Percentage of the equivalent energy intensity for the renewable energy generated compared to the total annual operational energy consumption established in the energy base case.

If the project is using on-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the location of the renewable energy system specified for the project.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the renewable energy system specified in the project, including the following information:
    • Type of renewable energy system,
    • Quality requirements for the renewable energy system, and
    • Performance requirement including the potential energy generation.
  3. Proof of the procurement of the renewable energy system, which should include:
    • Purchase order reflecting the purchase of the specified renewable energy system, or
    • Service contract reflecting the procurement of on-site renewable energy services from third-party service providers. If the on-site renewable energy services from third-party service providers. If the on-site renewable energy system is leased by the project owner, the service contract must reflect the:
      • Specifications of the selected renewable energy system compliant with the performance requirements for the project, and
      • Duration of the lease or use of the system for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period of the project.
  4. Policies and procedures for the proper use and maintenance of the renewable energy system in the project.
  5. Proof of the implementation of the on-site renewable energy system and the policies and procedures, which should include:
    • Communication records,
    • Monitoring reports,
    • Energy audit reports, and
    • Photographs.

If the project is using off-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the approved supply contract with a registered retail electricity supplier reflecting the following:

Back to credit

Water

Water category focuses on effective management and reduction of the overall water demand for the project. The efficient use of potable water and the effective management of wastewater in projects lessen their environmental impact, and provides the project team with economic benefits through potential savings and decreased demand for water supply.

No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
WT-01 Water consumption reduction All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
WT-02 Graywater reuse All Stages Buildings All Occupancies
WT-03 Rainwater Harvesting All Stages Buildings All Occupancies

WT-01 Water Consumption Reduction

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the water consumption reduction in the design of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish the target water consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional in planning and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies in projects.
  3. Establish a water base case. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected potable water use patterns during the operations of the project. The water base case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • Projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2.
  4. Design the project that incorporates water efficiency and conservation strategies, which should include the following:
    • Water-efficient fixtures, including:
      • Toilets and urinals,
      • Faucets, and
      • Shower heads;
    • Water-efficient landscaping and irrigation,
    • Reduction of water use in HVAC systems, and
    • Leak detection systems.
  5. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor the water consumption during the project's operations. The project must be able to measure and monitor the water consumption of the project by each water end uses or project area.
  6. Establish a water design case. The water design case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the design of the project,
    • Projected annual total operational water consumption in m3,
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2, and
    • Percentage total water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Requirements Stage 2 – Construction, changed the punctuation mark from comma to semi-colon on the list for consistency in the format.

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and how it achieved the target potable water consumption reduction.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the water efficiency and conservation strategies.
  2. Install the water meters.
  3. Conduct commissioning and testing for the water-related building systems in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the performance requirements were achieved for all water-related building systems implemented. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body,
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project, and
    • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. The standards used must be appropriate for each water-related building system.
  4. Present the water design case. The water design case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the design of the project;
    • Projected annual total operational water consumption in m3;
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2; and
    • Percentage total water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed the punctuation mark from period to semi-colon on the list for consistency in the format.

The project team must demonstrate the water management in the project and how they continuously improve the water performance of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish the target water consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional in evaluating the water performance of the project and recommending further opportunities for managing water in the operations of the projects.
  3. Present the water base case. The water base case should be the actual water consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The water base case must include the following:
    • Annual actual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • Annual actual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2.
  4. Evaluate the water use in the project. The evaluation must include the following:
    • Effectivity of the implementation of existing water efficiency and conservation strategies, which should include the following:
      • Water-efficient fixtures, including:
        • Toilets and urinals,
        • Faucets, and
        • Shower heads;
      • Water-efficient landscaping and irrigation,
      • Reduction of water use in HVAC systems, and
      • Leak detection systems.
    • Implementation of existing policies and procedures for water management in the project; and
    • Metering and monitoring system in the project.
  5. Establish the following:
    • Water efficiency and conservation strategies to further improve the water performance of the project; and
    • Policies and procedures for water management for the operations of the project.
  6. Implement the water efficiency and conservation strategies and the policies and procedures for water management in the project. The implementation of the strategies must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Installation of the water efficiency and conservation strategies;
    • Monitoring and recording the potable water consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Regular communications for the project users on the policies and procedures for the following:
      • Implementation of water efficiency and conservation strategies, and
      • Management of water use in the project.
  7. Evaluate the effectivity of the water efficiency and conservation strategies in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Present the water performance case during the performance period, which must include:
      • Annual actual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
      • Annual actual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
      • Water use intensity in m3/m2.
    • Review if the strategies were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in managing water in the operations of the project; and
    • Identify actions to improve the water performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Fifty percent (50%) or more projected potable water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
2 points Forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent(<50%) projected potable water consumption reduction compared to water base case.
1 point Thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) projected potable water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Fifty percent (50%) or more projected potable water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
2 points Forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent(<50%) projected potable water consumption reduction compared to water base case.
1 point Thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) projected potable water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrate:
3 points Twenty-five percent (25%) or more potable water consumption reduction during the performance period.
2 points Fifteen percent (15%) to less than twenty-five percent (<25%) water consumption reduction during the performance period.
1 point Ten percent (10%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) water consumption reduction during the performance period.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.

Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, Removed the redundant compliance notes on Occupancy Profile of the Project.

Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, Changed from proper to Proper for consistency in the format.

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team should submit documentation reflecting the water performance of the project and the strategies that enabled the project to achieve its target water consumption reduction for the project.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the target water consumption reduction of the project. The policy of the project must reflect the percentage (%) target water consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in designing using passive strategies to conserve potable water and water efficiency strategies to reduce the potable water demand;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Water base case report. The water base case must reflect the projected annual operational water consumption of the project.
  4. Water design case report containing the following information:
    • Analysis how the project team selected the final design option for the project,
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2.
  5. Occupancy profile of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Maximum number of users per shift,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift.
  6. Plans reflecting the following information:
    • All water-related building systems in the design of the project, and
    • Water meters in the projects, and
    • Scope of each water meter.
  7. Specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Manufacturer's details, such as product name, model, and manufacturer's name for the following:
      • All water-related building systems in the design of the project, and
      • Water meters;
    • Calibration and maintenance requirements for the following:
      • All water-related building systems in the design of the project,and
      • Water meter;
    • Scope of each water meter.
  8. Schedule of water meters reflecting the following information:
    • Product name and model,
    • Number of water meters, and
    • Scope of each water meter.
  9. Documented policies and procedures for the following:
    • Proper use of the water meters for monitoring and reporting; and
    • Proper use and maintenance of all water-related building systems, including:
      • The proper use and maintenance of all water-related building systems for the project owner and building manager; and
      • The design and construction requirements for tenants fit-outs.
  10. Purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase the specified design strategies.

If the project will be specifying a building automation system (BAS), the project team should submit plans and specification, which should include the following information:

Water design case

When preparing the water design case, the project team must be able to demonstrate how the project improved the water performance of the project through the design of the project.

The project team must submit the water design case report, which must include:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 2 – Construction, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to comma, and semi-colon to period on the list for consistency in the format.

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team should submit documentation that demonstrates the implementation of the design of the project reflecting its water efficiency and conservation strategies and how it achieved its target water consumption reduction.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the following information:
    • All water-related building systems implemented in the project,
    • Water meters, and
    • Scope of each water meter.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Manufacturer's details, such as product name, model, and manufacturer's name for the following:
      • All water-related building systems in the design of the project, and
      • Water meters;
    • Calibration and maintenance requirements for the following:
      • All water-related building systems in the design of the project, and
      • Water meter;
    • Scope of each water meter.
  3. Occupancy profile of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Maximum number of users per shift,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift.
  4. Documented policies and procedures for the following:
    • Proper use of the water meters for monitoring and reporting; and
    • proper use and maintenance of all water-related building systems, including:
      • The proper use and maintenance of all water-related building systems for the project owner and building manager; and
      • The design and construction requirements for tenants fit-outs.
  5. Commissioning report reflecting all water-related building systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated. The commissioning report must contain the confirmation that all water-related building systems meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.
  6. Water as-built case report containing the computation for the potential water consumption reduction of the project based on implemented strategies, which must include the following information:

    • Schedule of water systems and fixtures reflecting the water consumption rates of each water-related building systems in the project;
    • Outcomes of the calculation of the projected annual operational water consumption of the project, which must include:
      • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the design of the project,
      • Projected annual total operational water consumption in m3, and
      • Water use intensity in m3/m2;
    • Percentage of projected water consumption reduction compared to the water base case. To calculate for the water consumption reduction, you may use this formula:

      % Wreduced = Wbase − Was-built × 100%
      Wbase

      where:

      Wreduced = Water consumption reduction
      Wbase = Water consumption based on water base case
      Was-built = Water consumption based on water as-built case

  7. Procurement documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:

    • Purchase records, which should include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 3 - Operations, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to period on the list for consistency in the format.

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team should submit documentation that demonstrates the implementation of the design of the project reflecting its water efficiency and conservation strategies and how it achieved its target water consumption reduction.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the target water consumption reduction of the project. The policy of the project must reflect the percentage (%) target water consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in evaluating the water performance of the project and managing water in the operations of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. As-built plans reflecting the following information:
    • All water-related building systems implemented in the project,
    • Water meters, and
    • Scope of each water meter.
  4. As-built specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Manufacturer's details, such as product name, model, and manufacturer's name for the following:
      • All water-related building systems in the design of the project, and
      • Water meters;
    • Calibration and maintenance requirements for the following:
      • All water-related building systems in the design of the project,
      • Water meter; and
    • Scope of each water meter.
  5. Occupancy profile of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Maximum number of users per shift,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift.
  6. Water base case report. The water base case report must reflect the actual annual operational water consumption of the project.
  7. Water efficiency and conservation plan for the operations of the project. The plan must include the following:
    • Establishing the water consumption reduction target for the project;
    • Using water systems properly;
    • Monitoring the water consumption of the project;
    • Procuring water-efficient and conserving products and services;
    • Maintaining the water systems;
    • Conducting water audits periodically;
    • Communicating the target reduction and the water efficiency and conservation strategies to the building owner, building manager, project team, external contractors, suppliers, and users of the project; and
    • Monitoring the implementation of water efficiency and conservation strategies.
  8. Commissioning report reflecting all water-related building systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated. The commissioning report must contain the confirmation that all water-related building systems meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.
  9. Proof of implementation of the policies and procedures, which must include:

    • Communication records such as formal letters, memorandum, and e-mail correspondence from official corporate e-mail addresses, which must include:
      • Reporting of project team on status of the implementation of the strategies and achievement of the target reduction;
      • Communicating requirements to reduce water consumption, implementation of water efficiency and conservation strategies, and procurement of efficient and conserving products and services to external contractors, suppliers, and service providers;
      • Raising awareness and informing users about the water efficiency and conservation strategies and targets for the projects; and
    • Monitoring reports,
    • Water audit reports, and
    • Photographs.

    Tenants For tenant projects, communication records reflecting coordination with the building owner and manager on strategies that may affect shared spaces and other occupied spaces.

  10. Report on the calculation of the water consumption reduction of the project. The report must include the following information:

    • Water consumption data for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Reference of the water data usage, which must be either of the following:
      • Utility bills, or
      • Metering reports;
    • Calculation of the water consumption reduction achieved in the operations in m3/m2; and
    • Calculation of the percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case. To calculate for the percentage of water consumption reduction, you may use this formula:

      % Wreduced = Wbase − Wdesign × 100%
      Wbase

      where:

      Wreduced = Water consumption reduction
      Wbase = Water consumption based on water base case
      Wdesign = Water consumption based on water design case

  11. Procurement documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:

    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  12. Report on the effectivity of the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation strategies, which must include:

    • Evaluation of whether the target water consumption reduction was achieved;
    • Evaluation of the effectivity of the established water efficiency and conservation strategies;
    • Challenges identified in the implementation of the strategies, and the action taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the performance of the project.

Back to credit

Water base case

The project team must use one of the following options:

  1. Simulate the project's water base case.
  2. Calculate the project's water base case.
  3. Use a water base case based on an existing comparable project.
  4. Use a water base case based on a reference standard.
  5. Use the actual water consumption of the project for the previous twelve (12) months.

Tenants

For tenant projects, the project team may use water base case of the base building.

Simulate a water base case

When simulating the water base case, the project team must submit:

  1. Copy of the standard used for the water simulation for the project.
  2. Report on the scope and narrative description of the building used in the simulation, including the following:
    • Total gross floor area in m2;
    • Occupancy profile, including:
      • Potential total number of users, and
      • Occupancy patterns, including:
        • Maximum number of users per shifts,
        • Number of shifts for the project, and
        • Number of hours per shift;
    • Building use;
    • All water-related building systems in the project;
    • Simulation program and its version used; and
    • Summary of the water simulation input data.
  3. Report for the simulated water base of the project, including the following:
    • Annual operational water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • Annual total operational water consumption in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2.
Calculate the water base case

When calculating the water base case, the calculation for the water performance must be reflective of the potential water use patterns during the operations of the project. The project team must establish the narrative how the project and its water-related building systems will be used to simulate the potential water use in the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. Report on the scope and narrative description of the building used for the calculation, including:
    • Total gross floor area in m2,
    • Occupancy profile, including:
      • Maximum number of users per shifts,
      • Number of shifts for the project, and
      • Number of hours per shift;
    • Building use, and
    • All water-related building systems in the project.
  2. Copy of the reference code or generally-accepted standards used for the water consumption rates.
  3. Report presenting the calculations for the projected annual operational water consumption, including the following:
    • Annual water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • Annual total water consumption of the project in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3.
Use the water base case of a comparable project
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes, Use the water base case of a comparable project, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.

When using an water base base of an existing comparable project, the project team must be able to establish how the identified comparable project is similar to the design and function of the project. This is to ensure that the base case that will be established will be at par with the projected water performance of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. Report on the technical description of the identified existing comparable project, which must include the following information:
    • Project name,
    • Project location,
    • Project owner's name,
    • Total gross floor area of the project in m2,
    • Description of the project's use, and
    • Occupancy profile of the comparable project, which must include the following information:
      • Maximum number of users per shifts,
      • Number of shifts for the project, and
      • Number of hours per shift.
  2. Proof of ownership or authorization for the use of the water consumption data of the comparable project;
  3. Water consumption data of the building, which must be based on either of the following:
    • Water consumption rates of the comparable project, which must include:
      • All water-related building systems in the comparable project;
      • Annual total water consumption of the comparable project in m3
      • Annual water consumption in m3 for each identified water-related building systems based on building codes or generally-accepted standards; and
      • Copy of the relevant sections of the identified reference standards.
    • Actual water consumption of the comparable base building for at least twelve (12) months, which must be either from:
      • Utility bills; or
      • water monitoring reports.
  4. Report presenting the calculations for the annual operational water consumption, including the following:
    • Annual water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • Annual total water consumption of the project in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3.
Use an water base case from a reference standard

When using a water base case from a reference standard, the water base case report must include:

  1. Copy of the reference standard for the water base case.
  2. Report presenting the calculations for the projected annual operational water consumption, including the following:
    • Annual total operational water consumption in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2.
Present the annual water consumption
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes, Present the annual water consumption, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to period on the list for consistency in the format.

S3

For projects under operations, the project team should present the actual water consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. Copy of the reference documents for the water consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period, which should include:
    • Utility bills, or
    • Water metering reports.
  2. Documented occupancy profile based on the operations of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Maximum number of users per shifts,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift.
  3. Report presenting the actual annual operational water consumption, including the following:
    • Annual operational water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • Annual total operational water consumption in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2.
Use the water base case of the base building

Tenants When using the established water base case of the base building, the project team is responsible for acquiring the information from the building owner or management. The base case of the base building may be used to calculate for the projected water consumption of the tenanted space.

The project team must submit:

  1. Water base case report of the base building, which must be based on either of the following:
    • Computed water consumption rates of the design of the project, which must include the following:
      • List of identified water-related building systems in the design of the project;
      • Schedule of water consumption rates, which must include:
        • List of reference standards for the water consumption rates used for the base case;
        • Copy of the relevant sections of the identified reference standards; and
        • water consumption rates for each identified water-related system.
    • Actual water consumption of the base building for at least twelve (12) months, which must be either from:
      • Utility bills, or
      • water monitoring reports.
  2. Report presenting the calculations for the annual operational water consumption for the tenant project, including the following:
    • Annual operational water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • Annual total operational water consumption in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2.

Back to credit

WT-02 Graywater Reuse

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the potable water demand reduction in the design of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a target to reuse graywater in the project.
  2. Engage a competent and qualified professional.
  3. Establish a water base case. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected potable water use patterns during the operations of the project. The water base case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • Projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2.
  4. Establish a water design case. The water design case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the design of the project,
    • Projected annual total operational water consumption in m3,
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2, and
    • Percentage total water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

Back to credit

On-site Graywater Treatment

If graywater will be treated on-site, the project team must:

  1. Identify the graywater treatment, storage, and plumbing system for the project.
  2. Compute for the potential graywater reuse in the project.
  3. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor the water consumption during the project's operations. The project must be able to measure and monitor the water consumption of the project by each water end uses or project area.
Off-site Graywater Treatment

If graywater will be treated off-site, the project team must:

  1. Engage the graywater supplier for the project.
  2. Establish the graywater storage and plumbing system for the project.
  3. Compute for the potential graywater reuse in the project.
  4. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor the water consumption during the project's operations. The project must be able to measure and monitor the water consumption of the project by each water end uses or project area.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the design of the project reflecting the reduction of potable water demand.

On-site Graywater Treatment

If the graywater is treated on-site, the project team must:

  1. Implement the identified graywater treatment, storage, and plumbing systems.
  2. Install water metering and monitoring system.
  3. Conduct commissioning and testing for the graywater system in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the performance requirements was achieved for the graywater system. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
    • Based on a testing methodology from a generally accepted standard for graywater system.
Off-site Graywater Treatment

If the graywater is treated off-site, the project team must:

  1. Confirm the supply of graywater for the project.
  2. Implement the graywater storage, and plumbing systems.
  3. Install water metering and monitoring system.
  4. Conduct commissioning and testing for the graywater system. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the performance requirements was achieved for the graywater system. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
    • Based on a testing methodology from a generally accepted standard for graywater system.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the management of the reduction potable water demand in the project and how it continuously improves the quality of effluent discharge of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish the target reuse of graywater for the operations of the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional who is competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing graywater reuse in the project; and
    • Planning and implementing improvements in the use of graywater reuse in the project.
  3. Present the water base case. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected potable water use patterns during the operations of the project. The water base case must include the following:
    • Annual actual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • Annual actual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2.
  4. Establish a water design case. The water design case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the design of the project,
    • Projected annual total operational water consumption in m3,
    • Water use intensity in m3/m2, and
    • Percentage total water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
  5. Evaluate the graywater use in the project. The evaluation must include the following:
    • Graywater use during the base case period of the project; and
    • Implementation of existing policies and procedures for graywater use in the project.
  6. Identify improvements in graywater use to further improve the water performance in the project.
  7. Implement the improvement in the graywater use in the project. The implementation of the strategies must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program.
    • Implementation of the graywater system.
    • Monitoring and recording the graywater consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project users on the policies and procedures on graywater use and its benefits.
  8. Evaluate the effectivity of the graywater use in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Present the water production equivalent of the graywater used in the project in m3/m2.
    • Present the challenges encountered in the use of graywater in the operations of the project; and
    • Identify actions to improve the water performance of the project.
On-site Graywater Treatment

If graywater is treated on-site, the project team must:

  1. Present the on-site graywater systems used in the project.
  2. Present the annual actual graywater generated by the on-site graywater system.
Off-site Graywater Treatment

If graywater is treated off-site, the project team must:

  1. Confirm the supply of graywater to the project, for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period.
  2. Present the off-site graywater system used for the project.
  3. Present the annual actual graywater generated by the off-site graywater system.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed "Report on the computation of the potential graywater reuse in the project." to "provided supply of graywater to the project, for at least five (5) years; or designed an on-site graywater systems in the project."

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Provided supply of graywater to the project, for at least five (5) years; or
  • Designed an on-site graywater systems in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, changed "Report on the computation of the potential graywater reuse in the project." to "provided supply of graywater to the project, for at least five (5) years; or implemented an on-site graywater systems in the project."

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Provided supply of graywater to the project, for at least five (5) years; or
  • Implemented an on-site graywater systems in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Added "provided" to "supply of graywater to the project, for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period."

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented an".

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed "if graywater will be treated on-site, as-built plans and specifications reflecting the graywater treatment, storage, and metering systems for the project." to "provided supply of graywater to the project, for at least three (3) years."

Changed "If graywater will be treated off-site, approved supply contract for graywater for at least five (5) years reflecting the target capacity of graywater for the project." to "implementated an on-site graywater systems in the project."

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Provided supply of graywater to the project, for at least three (3) years; or
  • Designed an on-site graywater systems in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the target reuse of graywater for the project. The policy of the project must reflect the percentage (%) target energy consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in designing using passive strategies to conserve potable water and water efficiency strategies to reduce the potable water demand;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Water base case report The water base case must reflect the projected annual operational water consumption of the project.
  4. Purchase orders as proof for the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.

If the project will be using on-site graywater treatment, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. Plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of the:
      • Graywater treatment and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Sources of graywater in the project;
    • Plumbing layout for:
      • Potable water, and
      • Graywater;
    • Scope of each water meter for graywater.
  2. Specifications reflecting the following:
    • Manufacturer's details for:
      • Treatment and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Sources of graywater in the project;
    • Quality of graywater treatment by the on-site system reflecting compliance with the reasonable level required for non-potable use based on generally accepted standards;
    • Capacity of the treatment and storage systems reflecting the target graywater reuse for the project;
    • Uses of graywater in the project, which may include:
      • Irrigation, and
      • Non-potable water uses;
    • Scope of each water meter for graywater.
  3. Report on the computation of the potential graywater reuse in the project, which must include the following information:
    • Potential graywater reuse in m3/m2 based on an annual total water consumption; and
    • Percentage of the potential reused graywater compared to the potential potable water consumption in the water base case.

If the project will be using off-site graywater treatment, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. Proof of engaging the supplier for off-site treated graywater, which should include:
    • Approved supply contract for graywater for at least five (5) years reflecting the target capacity of graywater for the project; or
    • Documentation of the communication for processing and intent of project owner to purchase graywater, which should include:
      • Approved offer sheet from the graywater supplier;
      • Minutes of meetings with the supplier; and
      • Communication records such as formal letters, memorandum, and e-mail correspondence from official corporate e-mail addresses.
  2. Plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of the:
      • Graywater storage in the project, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Plumbing layout for:
      • Potable water, and
      • Graywater;
    • Scope of each water meter.
  3. Specifications reflecting the following:
    • Manufacturer's details for:
      • Storage for the graywater, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Quality of graywater supplied reflecting compliance with the reasonable level required for non-potable use based on generally accepted standards;
    • Capacity of the storage systems reflecting the target graywater reuse for the project;
    • Uses of graywater in the project, which may include:
      • Irrigation, and
      • Non-potable water uses;
    • Scope of each water meter for graywater.
  4. Report on the computation of the potential graywater reuse in the project, which must include the following information:
    • Potential graywater reuse in m3/m2 based on an annual water consumption; and
    • Percentage of the potential reused graywater compared to the potential potable water consumption in the water base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

If the project will be using on-site graywater treatment, the project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of the:
      • Graywater treatment and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Sources of graywater in the project;
    • Plumbing layout for:
      • Potable water, and
      • Graywater;
    • Scope of each water meter for graywater.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the following:
    • Manufacturer's details for:
      • Treatment and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Sources of graywater in the project;
    • Quality of graywater treatment by the on-site system reflecting compliance with the reasonable level required for non-potable use based on generally accepted standards;
    • Capacity of the treatment and storage systems reflecting the target graywater reuse for the project;
    • Uses of graywater in the project, which may include:
      • Irrigation, and
      • Non-potable water uses;
    • Scope of each water meter for graywater.
  3. Report on the computation of the potential graywater reuse in the project, which must include the following information:
    • Potential graywater reuse in m3/m2; and
    • Percentage of the potential reused graywater compared to the potential potable water consumption in the water base case.
  4. Procurement documentation and installation of the systems, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include:
      • Service contracts,
      • Purchase orders,
      • Official receipts or sales invoices, and
      • Delivery receipts;
    • Installation records; and
    • Photographs.
  5. Commissioning report reflecting the quality of the treatment and capacity of the graywater system.

If the project will be using off-site graywater treatment, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. Approved supply contract for graywater for at least five (5) years reflecting the target capacity of graywater for the project.
  2. As-built plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of the:
      • Graywater storage in the project, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Plumbing layout for:
      • Potable water, and
      • Graywater;
    • Scope of each water meter.
  3. As-built specifications reflecting the following:
    • Manufacturer's details for:
      • Storage for the graywater, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Quality of graywater supplied reflecting compliance with the reasonable level required for non-potable use based on generally accepted standards;
    • Capacity of the storage systems reflecting the target graywater reuse for the project;
    • Uses of graywater in the project, which may include:
      • Irrigation, and
      • Non-potable water uses;
    • Scope of each water meter for graywater.
  4. Report on the computation of the potential graywater reuse in the project, which must include the following information:
    • Potential graywater reuse in m3/m2;
    • Percentage of the potential reused graywater compared to the potential potable water consumption in the water base case.
  5. Procurement documentation and installation of the systems, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include:
      • Service contracts,
      • Purchase orders,
      • Official receipts or sales invoices, and
      • Delivery receipts;
    • Installation records; and
    • Photographs.
  6. Commissioning report reflecting the quality of the treatment and capacity of the graywater system.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the target reuse of graywater for the project. The policy of the project must reflect the percentage (%) target energy consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in designing using passive strategies to conserve potable water and water efficiency strategies to reduce the potable water demand;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Water base case report. The water base case report must reflect the actual annual operational water consumption of the project.

If the project will be using on-site graywater treatment, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of the:
      • Graywater treatment and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Sources of graywater in the project;
    • Plumbing layout for:
      • Potable water, and
      • Graywater;
    • Scope of each water meter for graywater.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the following:
    • Manufacturer's details for:
      • Treatment and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Sources of graywater in the project;
    • Quality of graywater treatment by the on-site system reflecting compliance with the reasonable level required for non-potable use based on generally accepted standards;
    • Capacity of the treatment and storage systems reflecting the target graywater reuse for the project;
    • Uses of graywater in the project, which may include:
      • Irrigation, and
      • Non-potable water uses;
    • Scope of each water meter for graywater.

If the project will be using off-site graywater treatment, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. Approved supply contract for graywater for at least five (5) years reflecting the target capacity of graywater for the project.
  2. As-built plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of the:
      • Graywater storage in the project, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Plumbing layout for:
      • Potable water, and
      • Graywater;
    • Scope of each water meter.
  3. As-built specifications reflecting the following:
    • Manufacturer's details for:
      • Storage for the graywater, and
      • Water meters for graywater;
    • Quality of graywater supplied reflecting compliance with the reasonable level required for non-potable use based on generally accepted standards;
    • Capacity of the storage systems reflecting the target graywater reuse for the project;
    • Uses of graywater in the project, which may include:
      • Irrigation, and
      • Non-potable water uses;
    • Scope of each water meter for graywater.

If products or services were procured to support the implementation of the strategies, the project team must submit:

  1. Plans and specifications of the procured products, technologies or equipment;
  2. Procurement documentation and installation of the systems, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include:
      • Service contracts,
      • Purchase orders,
      • Official receipts or sales invoices, and
      • Delivery receipts;
    • Installation records; and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

WT-03 Rainwater Harvesting

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Resources

References

ASTM E1903-19, Practice for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase II Environmental Site Assessment Process. ASTM International. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1903-19

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the reduction of overall potable water demand in the design of the project by encouraging the use of rainwater.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a target to collect and use rainwater in the project.
  2. Engage a competent and qualified professional.
  3. Establish a water base case.
  4. Establish the rainwater harvesting, treatment, and plumbing system for the project.
  5. Compute the potential rainwater harvesting in the project.
  6. Establish a monitoring system for the use of rainwater in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of reduction of overall potable water demand of the project by encouraging the use of rainwater.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the rainwater system.
  2. Conduct commissioning and testing for the identified system.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must:

  1. Establish the target rainwater use for the operations of the project.
  2. Engage a competent and qualified professional.
  3. Present the water base case in m3/m2 based on an 8-hour shift.
  4. Review the use of rainwater in the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period.
  5. Establish policies and procedures for the use of rainwater in the operations of the project.
  6. Implement and monitor the policies and procedures for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  7. Compute the rainwater used in the operations of the project.
  8. Assess the effectivity of the implemented policies and procedures.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed "report on the computation of the potential rainwater harvesting and use in the project." to "designed the rainwater system to supply the non-potable water uses in the project."

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Designed the rainwater system to supply the non-potable water uses in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Constructions, changed "report on the computation of the potential rainwater harvesting and use in the project." to "implemented the rainwater system to supply the non-potable water uses in the project."

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the rainwater system to supply the non-potable water uses in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed "report on the review of rainwater harvesting and use in the project, report on the computation of the potential rainwater harvesting and use in the project, and report on the effectivity of the system." to "implemented the rainwater system to supply the non-potable water uses in the project."

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the rainwater system to supply the non-potable water uses in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

28 July 2021, v4.0.1

Under Compliance Notes, changed rainwater collection to rainwater harvesting.

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 - Design, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to period on the list for consistency in the format.

The project team should submit:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's requirement for:
    • Identifying the strategy for rainwater harvesting for the project; and
    • Establishing the target collection and use of rainwater in the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in designing using passive strategies to conserve potable water and water efficiency strategies to reduce the potable water demand;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Water base case report The water base case must reflect the projected annual operational water consumption of the project.
  4. Plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of the:
      • rainwater harvesting, treatment, and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for rainwater;
    • Collection areas for the rain and storm water;
    • Plumbing layout for rainwater; and
    • Scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  5. Specifications reflecting the following:
    • Manufacturer's details for:
      • Collection, treatment, and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for rainwater;
    • Quality of rainwater treatment reflecting compliance with the reasonable level required for non-potable use based on generally accepted standards;
    • Capacity of the treatment and storage systems reflecting the target rainwater harvesting and use for the project;
    • Uses of rainwater in the project, which may include:
      • Irrigation, and
      • Non-potable water uses;
    • Scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  6. Report on the computation of the potential rainwater harvesting and use in the project, which must include the following information:
    • Potential rainwater harvesting based on the rainfall data of the location of the project, and the collection surfaces' area and type;
    • Potential rainwater use in m3/m2; and
    • Percentage of the potential rainwater use compared to the potential potable water consumption in the water base case.
  7. Purchase records reflecting the specified design strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of the:
      • rainwater harvesting, treatment, and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for rainwater;
    • Collection areas for the rain and storm water;
    • Plumbing layout for rainwater; and
    • Scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the following:
    • Manufacturer's details for:
      • Collection, treatment, and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for rainwater;
    • Quality of rainwater treatment reflecting compliance with the reasonable level required for non-potable use based on generally accepted standards;
    • Capacity of the treatment and storage systems reflecting the target rainwater harvesting and use for the project;
    • Uses of rainwater in the project, which may include:
      • Irrigation, and
      • Non-potable water uses; and
    • Scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  3. Report on the computation of the potential rainwater harvesting and use in the project, which must include the following information:
    • Potential rainwater harvesting based on the rainfall data of the location of the project, and the collection surfaces' area and type;
    • Potential rainwater use in m3/m2; and
    • Percentage of the potential rainwater use compared to the potential potable water consumption in the water base case.
  4. Procurement documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. Commissioning report reflecting the quality of the treatment and capacity of the rainwater system.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 3 - Operations, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to period on the list for consistency in the format.

The project team must submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the target rainwater harvesting and use for the operations of the project;
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in evaluating the water performance of the project and managing water in the operations of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Water base case report The water base case report must reflect the actual annual operational water consumption of the project.
  4. As-built plans reflecting the following:
    • Location of the:
      • rainwater harvesting, treatment, and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for rainwater;
    • Collection areas for the rain and storm water;
    • Plumbing layout for rainwater; and
    • Scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  5. As-built specifications reflecting the following:
    • Manufacturer's details for:
      • Collection, treatment, and storage technologies, and
      • Water meters for rainwater;
    • Quality of rainwater treatment reflecting compliance with the reasonable level required for non-potable use based on generally accepted standards;
    • Capacity of the treatment and storage systems reflecting the target rainwater harvesting and use for the project;
    • Uses of rainwater in the project, which may include:
      • Irrigation, and
      • Non-potable water uses;
    • Scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  6. Report on review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for rainwater harvesting and use in the project, which should include:
    • Monitoring report for rainwater harvesting and use for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period;
    • Monitoring report on the quality of rainwater collected and used in the operations of the project; and
    • Recommendations to improve the rainwater harvesting and use in the project;
  7. Policies and procedures for the rainwater harvesting and use in the operations of the project, which must include:
    • Monitoring the collection and use of rainwater;
    • Maintaining the rainwater system;
    • Conducting water audits periodically; and
    • Communicating the collection and use of rainwater to the project stakeholders.
  8. Proof of implementation of the policies and procedures, which must include:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
      • Name,
      • Company,
      • Designation,
      • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan,
      • E-mail address, and
      • Phone numbers;
    • Communication records such as formal letters, memorandum, and e-mail correspondence from official corporate e-mail addresses, which should reflect the following:
      • Regular reporting to the project owner on the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures; and
      • Regular coordination and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers about the policies and procedures; and
      • Regular information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the reuse of graywater in the project;
    • Monitoring report reflecting the collection and use of rainwater for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  9. Report on the computation of the rainwater harvesting and use in the operations of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Rainwater use in m3/m2; and
    • Percentage of the rainwater collected and used compared to the potable water consumption in the water base case.
  10. Report on the effectivity of the system, which should include the following information:
    • Evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges identified and encountered in the implementation of the strategies, and the action taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the performance of the project.

If products or services were procured to support the implementation of the strategies, the project team must submit:

  1. Plans and specifications of the procured products, technologies or equipment;
  2. Procurement documentation and installation of the systems, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include:
      • Service contracts,
      • Purchase orders,
      • Official receipts or sales invoices, and
      • Delivery receipts;
    • Installation records; and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Waste

Waste category focuses on the proper management of solid waste to reduce waste generated in the project and divert waste from landfills. Effective waste management at the source lessens the need for waste infrastructure, lessens financial burden in managing solid waste, and reduces the negative impact of projects to water, air, and land resources.

No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
WS-01 Waste Management All Stages All Projects All Occupancies

WS-01 Waste Management

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.

The project team must demonstrate the solid waste generation reduction in the design of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a construction solid waste reduction target for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional in planning and implementing solid waste reduction strategies in the project.
  3. Establish a construction waste base case. The construction waste base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected solid waste during the construction of the project. The construction waste base case must include the following:
    • Projected types of solid waste generated during the construction of the project;
    • Projected total amount of solid waste generated during the construction of the project, and
    • Computation of the waste base case generation in kg/m2.
  4. Establish a construction waste management system. The project team must be able to measure and monitor the solid waste generated during the construction of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the design of the project reflecting its solid waste generation reduction strategies and how it achieved its target solid waste generation reduction.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the construction waste management system. The system must include:
    • Establish the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Identify types of solid waste generated in the project;
    • Establish location of waste storage on-site;
    • Establish handling of identified solid waste safely;
    • Collecting from the storage for the diversion strategies or disposal; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the construction waste management system.
  2. Compute the construction solid waste generated and diverted by the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the management of waste reduction in the project and how it continuously improves the waste management of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a solid waste reduction target for the operations of the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional in developing and implementing the waste management system for the project and recommending further opportunities for managing solid waste in the operations of the project.
  3. Present the operations waste base case for the project, which must include:
    • Review of the existing policies and procedures on waste management for the operations of the project;
    • Conduct of solid waste audit or solid waste characterization survey, which must include:
      • Sources of solid wastes in the operations of the project;
      • Types of solid wastes generated; and
      • Amount of solid waste generated in kilograms (kg) for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period;
    • Occupancy profile of the project using the number of persons per shift; and
    • Computing the actual waste generated in kg/m2 based on the shifts of the project.
  4. Establish a waste management system for the project, which must include:
    • Establishing the solid waste reduction target for the project;
    • Identifying the solid waste diversion strategies for the project.
    • Communicating the target solid waste reduction and diversion strategies to the project stakeholders; and
    • Monitoring and recording of the solid waste generation in the project and implementation of the solid waste diversion strategies.
  5. Implement and monitor the operations waste management system for the project for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  6. Compute the reduction in the solid waste generation of the project, which must include:
    • Computation of the reduction in solid waste generation in kg/m2 based on the shifts of the project; and
    • Calculation of the percentage of waste reduction compared to the waste base case.
  7. Evaluate the effectivity of the implemented operations waste management systems in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Evaluating the waste generated against the established target and base case;
    • Evaluating the effectivity of the solid waste diversion strategies;
    • Reporting the challenges identified and encountered in the implementation of the strategies and action taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Identifying opportunities to further improve the solid waste reduction of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Eighty percent (80%) or more potential construction waste diversion compared to the construction waste base case.
2 points Sixty percent (60%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) potential construction waste diversion compared to construction waste base case.
1 point Forty percent (40%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) potential construction waste diversion compared to construction waste base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Eighty percent (80%) or more actual waste diverted compared to the waste base case.
2 points Sixty percent (60%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) actual waste diverted compared to the waste base case.
1 point Forty percent (40%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) actual waste diverted compared to the waste base case.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Forty (40%) or more actual waste reduction compared to the waste base case.
2 points Thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) actual waste reduction compared to the waste base case.
1 point Twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) actual waste reduction compared to the waste base case.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit, the project team should submit documentation reflecting the energy performance of the project and the strategies that enabled the project to achieve its target energy consumption reduction for the project.

The project team must submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the target construction waste reduction for the project. The policy of the project must reflect the percentage (%) target waste reduction for the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in developing and implementing a construction waste management system for the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing the waste management system; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Construction waste base case report. The waste base case must reflect the projected construction waste generation for the project.
  4. Construction waste management system.
  5. Report on the computation of the expected construction waste diversion, which must include:
    • Projected occupancy profile of the project, which must include the following information:
      • Maximum number of users per shift,
      • Number of shifts for the projects, and
      • Number of hours per shift;
    • Computation of the expected construction waste to be diverted in kg/m2; and
    • Calculation of the percentage of expected waste to be diverted compared to the construction waste base case.
  6. Purchase records reflecting specified design strategies in the project.
Waste management system

The waste management system must include:

  1. Plans for the waste diversion strategies for the project, which should include:
    • Description of the identified waste diversion strategies for the project;
    • Schedule of construction waste to be diverted, which must include the following information:
      • Type of waste to be diverted, and
      • Expected amount of waste to be diverted in kg;
    • List of the operators, suppliers, and service providers for the identified diversion strategies for the project, which should include the following information:
      • Name of the operators, suppliers, and service providers,
      • Address of the diversion facility,
      • Name of contact person and designation,
      • Contact number, and
      • Description of the service and types of waste managed.
  2. Policies and procedures for implementing waste management for the project, which should include:
    • Assigning roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Segregating waste at source;
    • Providing waste bins or storage on-site;
    • Handling the identified types of waste safely; and
    • Collecting from the storage for the diversion strategies or disposal.
  3. Policies and procedures for communicating the target waste reduction and diversion strategies to the project stakeholders.
  4. Procedures for monitoring and recording of the waste generation in the project and implementation of the waste diversion strategies, which should include the following information;
    • Schedule for monitoring,
    • Procedure for record-keeping,
    • Troubleshooting instructions, and
    • Responsible personnel for monitoring and recording, including the project owner, professional, project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers.
  5. Report on the computation of the waste reduction of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Calculation of the reduction in waste generation in kg/m2; and
    • Calculation of the percentage of waste reduction compared to the waste base case.
Waste Storage

When providing the waste bins or storage, the project team must consider the following:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must submit the following:

  1. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the construction waste management system, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the system,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Contact numbers.
  2. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the location and size of the storage.
  3. Monitoring reports reflecting the following:
    • Segregation of the waste generated in the project;
    • Collection and handling of the different types of waste, which should include:
      • Waste tickets or logs,
      • Purchase orders,
      • Official receipts or sales invoices, and
      • Photographs.
  4. Proof of engagement for external contractors, suppliers, and service providers engaged in the diversion of the identified wastes. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Name of the external contractors, suppliers, and service providers,
    • Address of the diversion facility,
    • Name of contact person and designation,
    • Contact number,
    • Description of the service and types of waste managed, and
    • Period of engagement.
  5. Communication records such as formal letters, memorandum, and e-mail correspondence from official corporate e-mail addresses, reflecting the target waste reduction and implementation of the diversion strategies, which should include:
    • Regular reporting to the project owner reflecting the status of the waste reduction against the target diversion;
    • Communicating the monitoring of the implementation of the waste management system; and
    • Communicating with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers about the policies and procedures for the implementation of the waste management system.
  6. Report on the waste diversion for the project, which must include:
    • Total amount of waste generated in the construction of the project;
    • Computation of the waste diverted in kg/m2; and
    • Calculation of the percentage of waste diverted compared to the construction waste base case.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must submit the following:

  1. Documented policy on the waste reduction target for the operations of the project;
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in developing and implementing the waste management system for the project;
    • Roles and responsibilities of the professional for the project in developing and implementing the waste management system for the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. [Waste base case report][Waste base case]. The waste base case must reflect the annual actual operational waste generation of the project.
  4. Waste management system.
  5. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the waste management system, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the system,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  6. Communication records reflecting the target waste reduction and implementation of the diversion strategies, which should include:
    • Regular reporting to the project owner reflecting the status of the waste reduction against the target diversion;
    • Communicating the monitoring of the implementation of the system; and
    • Communicating with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users about the policies and procedures for waste management.
  7. Monitoring reports reflecting the following:
    • Segregation of the waste generated in the project;
    • Collection and handling of the different types of waste, which should include:
      • Waste tickets or logs,
      • Purchase orders,
      • Official receipts or sales invoices, and
      • Photographs.
  8. Proof of engagement for external contractors, suppliers, and service providers engaged in the diversion of the identified wastes. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Name of the external contractors, suppliers, and service providers,
    • Address of the diversion facility,
    • Name of contact person and designation,
    • Contact number,
    • Description of the service and types of waste managed, and
    • Period of engagement.
  9. Report of the waste generated in the operations of the project for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period, which must include the following information:
    • Waste sources,
    • Types of waste generated,
    • Amount of waste generated in kg per waste type, and
    • Total amount of waste generated in kg.
  10. Report on the reduction in the waste generation of the project, which must include:
    • Computation of the reduction in waste generation in kg/m2; and
    • Calculation of the percentage of waste reduction compared to the waste base case.
  11. Report on the effectivity of the implementation of the waste management strategies, which must include:
    • Evaluation of whether the target waste generation reduction was achieved;
    • Evaluation of the effectivity of the waste diversion strategies;
    • Challenges identified in the implementation of the strategies and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the performance of the project.

Back to credit

Waste base case

Addenda

24 November 2021, v4.1.1

Under Waste base case, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.

The project team must use one of the following options:

  1. Calculate the project's construction waste base case.
  2. Use a waste base case based on an existing comparable project.
  3. Use a waste base case based on a reference standard.
  4. Use the actual waste generation of the project for the previous twelve (12) months.
Calculate the construction waste base case

When calculating the waste base case, the project team must submit the construction waste base case report, which must include:

  1. Types of waste expected to be generated during the construction;
  2. Expected amount of construction waste to be generated in the project during construction;
  3. Computation for the construction waste generation for the project, which must include the:
    • Projected occupancy profile of the project, which must include the following information:
      • Maximum number of users per shift,
      • Number of shifts for the project, and
      • Number of hours per shift.
    • Computation of the waste base case generation in kg/m2.
Use a waste base case based on an existing comparable project

When using a waste base base of an existing comparable project, the project team must be able to establish how the identified comparable project is similar to the design and function of the project. This is to ensure that the base case that will be established will be at par with the projected waste generation of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. Report on the technical description of the identified existing comparable project, which must include the following information:
    • Project name;
    • Project location;
    • Project owner's name;
    • Total gross floor area of the project in m2;
    • Description of the project's use; and
    • Occupancy profile of the comparable project, which must include the following information:
      • Maximum number of users per shifts,
      • Number of shifts for the project, and
      • Number of hours per shift.
  2. Proof of ownership or authorization for the use of the water consumption data of the comparable project.
  3. Construction waste generation of the comparable project, which must include:
    • Types of waste generated in the construction of the comparable project;
    • Amount of waste generated in kg in the project during construction of the comparable project; and
    • Supporting documents such as waste tickets, hauling tickets, and invoices.
  4. Computation of the waste base case generation in kg/m2.
Use a waste base case from a reference standard

When using a waste base case from a reference standard, the waste base case report must include:

  1. Copy of the reference standard for the water base case.
  2. Report presenting the calculations for the projected construction waste generation, which must include the:
    • Projected total amount of construction waste generation in kg; and
    • Waste base case generation in kg/m2.
Present the annual waste generation

S3

For projects under operations, the project team should present the actual operational waste generation of the project for the at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. Copy of the reference documents for the waste generation of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period, which should include:
    • Waste tickets or logs,
    • Purchase orders, and
    • Official receipts or sales invoices.
  2. Report presenting the actual annual operational waste generation, including the following:
    • Amount of waste generated in kg per waste type, and
    • Total amount of waste generated in kg.

Back to credit

Materials

Materials focuses on the procurement and use of materials that have less environmental impact. The use of green materials cuts across various positive benefits including improving indoor environment quality, reducing burden on natural resources, and reducing waste generation.

No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
MT-01 Green Procurement All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MT-02 Local Procurement All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
MT-03 Community-based Enterprise Procurement All Stages All Projects All Occupancies

MT-01 Green Procurement

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Resources

References

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the specification of sustainable materials in the design of the project to reduce the environmental impact of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a green procurement program for the project. The program must include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner in procuring sustainable materials in the design and construction of the project.
    • Identifying materials that meet the following sustainability requirements:
      • Materials with post-consumer recycled content;
      • Low volatile organic compound (VOC) content;
      • Certified wood, which should be certified under:
        • Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), or
        • Forest Stewardship Council (FSC);
      • Eco-labeled products, which should be labeled under:
        • National Ecolabelling Program – Green Choice Philippines, or
        • Equivalent labeling program under the Global Eco-Labelling Network (GEN).
    • Requiring the project team members to prioritize the specification and procurement of green materials for the design and construction of the project.
  2. Communicate the green procurement program to the project team members.
  3. Compute the percentage of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the design of the project compared to the estimated total cost of materials.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the procurement and use of sustainable materials in the construction of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Procure and use the materials that meet the sustainability requirements specified in the design of the project.
  2. Compute the percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements compared to the actual total cost of materials of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the procurement and use of sustainable materials in the operations of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Evaluate the implementation and effectivity of existing green procurement policies and procedures.
  2. Establish a green procurement program for the project. The program must include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner in procuring sustainable materials in the operations of the project.
    • Identifying consumable goods and equipment that meet the following sustainability requirements:
      • Materials with post-consumer recycled content;
      • Reused materials;
      • Non-hazardous materials;
      • Low volatile organic compound (VOC) content;
      • Eco-labeled products, which should be labeled under:
        • National Ecolabelling Program – Green Choice Philippines, or
        • Equivalent labeling program under the Global Eco-Labelling Network (GEN).
      • Certified wood, which should be certified under:
        • Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), or
        • Forest Stewardship Council (FSC); and
      • Third-party certified green building products.
    • Requiring the project team members to prioritize the specification and procurement of green materials for the operations of the project.
    • Encouraging project users to procure and use green materials.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the green procurement program.
  3. Implement the green procurement program. The implementation of the program must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring and recording the procurement and use of consumable goods and equipment for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project team and users on the policies and procedures for green procurement.
  4. Evaluate the effectivity of the green procurement program in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Present average monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The percentage of procured materials must be:
      • Based on the implementation of the green procurement program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
      • The comparison of the average monthly actual cost for the procured green materials compared to the average actual monthly cost of purchased consumable goods and equipment.
    • Review if the green procurement program were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the implementation of the green procurement program in the operations of the project; and
    • Identify actions to improve the green procurement program of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Fifty percent (50%) or more specified materials based on cost meet the sustainability requirements.
2 points Forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) specified materials based on cost meet the sustainability requirements.
1 point Thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) specified materials based on cost meet the sustainability requirements.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Fifty percent (50%) or more of materials procured and used in the construction of the project based on cost meet the sustainability requirements.
2 points Forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of materials procured and used in the construction of the project based on cost meet the sustainability requirements.
1 point Thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of materials procured and used in the construction of the project based on cost meet the sustainability requirements.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Thirty percent (30%) or more procured materials based on average monthly costs of procured materials in the operations of the project meet the sustainability requirements.
2 points Twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) procured materials based on average monthly costs of procured materials in the operations of the project meet the sustainability requirements.
1 point Ten percent (10%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) procured materials based on average monthly costs of procured materials in the operations of the project meet the sustainability requirements.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy on green procurement for the project reflecting the commitment of the project owner in green procurement and the target percentage of green procurement based on cost of materials.
  2. Specifications reflecting the materials specified in the design of the project.
  3. Bill of materials, which must include the following information:
    • Quantity per material,
    • Cost per material,
    • Estimated total cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements, and
    • Estimated total cost of all materials.
  4. List of materials that meet the sustainability requirements, which should include the following information:
    • Material type,
    • Material name, and
    • Sustainability qualification of each material.
  5. Documentation for the sustainability qualification of each material, which should include:
    • Certificates reflecting the post-consumer recycled content of the material;
    • Material safety data sheet; or
    • Product certificates reflecting compliance with product certification programs.
  6. Communication records informing the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers on the green procurement policy for the project.
  7. Purchase records as proof of intent to purchase the specified materials in the project.
  8. Report on the computation of the percentage of materials that meet the sustainability requirements compared to the estimated total cost of materials. To compute for the percentage of materials that meet the sustainability requirements, you may use this formula:

    % Mspecified = Mgreen × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mspecified = Percentage of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements
    Mgreen = Total cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements content
    Mtotal = Total cost of all materials specified

Sustainability requirements for materials

When identifying the materials, the project team should select materials that are certified as the following:

  1. Materials with post-consumer recycled content,
  2. Low volatile organic compound (VOC) content,
  3. Certified wood under a third-party forests and forest products certification program, which may include:
    • Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), or
    • Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).
  4. Eco-labeled products under the:
    • National Ecolabelling Program – Green Choice Philippines, or
    • Equivalent labeling program under the Global Eco-Labelling Network (GEN).

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built specifications reflecting the materials implemented in the project.
  2. Bill of materials, which must include the following information:
    • Quantity per material,
    • Cost per material,
    • Total cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements, and
    • Total cost of all materials.
  3. List of materials that meet the sustainability requirements, which should include the following information:
    • Material type,
    • Material name, and
    • Sustainability qualification of each material.
  4. Documentation for the sustainability qualification of each material, which should include:
    • Certificates reflecting the post-consumer recycled content of the material;
    • Material safety data sheet; or
    • Product certificates reflecting compliance with product certification programs.
  5. Procurement documentation reflecting the materials procured and used in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  6. Report on the computation of the percentage of materials that meet the sustainability requirements compared to the total cost of all materials. To compute for the percentage of materials that meet the sustainability requirements, you may use this formula:

    % Mprocured = Mgreen × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mprocured = Percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements
    Mgreen = Total cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements content
    Mtotal = Total cost of all materials procured

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy on green procurement for the project reflecting the project owner's commitment and their target percentage of green procurement based on cost of materials for the project.
  2. Report on the review of procurement processes, which must include the following:
    • Evaluation of existing procurement policies, procedures, and practices;
    • List of common consumable goods and equipment procured for the operations of the project; and
    • Average monthly cost of procuring consumable goods and equipment for the operations of the project for at least twelve (12) months.
  3. Documented policies and procedures for green procurement, which must include the following:
    • Sustainability requirements for consumable goods and equipment;
    • Communication to the building owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users;
    • Monitoring and recording of the implementation of the green procurement plan; and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the green procurement plan.
  4. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the green procurement plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the system,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  5. Communication records on the green procurement plan, which should include:
    • Regular reporting to the project owner reflecting the status of the implementation of the green procurement plan;
    • Promoting the procurement and use of green materials to users and tenants; and
    • Communicating with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers about the policies and procedures for green procurement.
  6. List of consumable goods and equipment that meet the sustainability requirements procured and used for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period. The list should include the following information:
    • Material type,
    • Material name, and
    • Sustainability qualification of each material.
  7. Documentation for the sustainability qualification of each material, which should include:
    • Certificates reflecting the post-consumer recycled content of the material;
    • Material safety data sheet; or
    • Product certificates reflecting compliance with product certification programs.
  8. Procurement documentation reflecting the materials procured and used in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  9. Report on the computation of the average monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirement. The data must be based on materials procured for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period. To compute for the average monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements, you may use this formula:

    % Maverage = Mgreen × 100% ÷ 12
    Mtotal

    where:

    Maverage = Monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements
    Mgreen = Total cost of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period
    Mtotal = Total cost of all materials procured for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

  10. Report on the effectivity of the green procurement plan, which should include the following information:

    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the strategies and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.
Sustainability requirements for materials

When identifying the materials, the project team should procure consumable goods and equipment that are certified as the following:

  1. Materials with post-consumer recycled content;
  2. Reused materials;
  3. Non-hazardous materials;
  4. Low volatile organic compound (VOC) content;
  5. Eco-labeled products under the:
    • National Ecolabelling Program – Green Choice Philippines, or
    • Equivalent labeling program under the Global Eco-Labelling Network (GEN).
  6. Certified wood under a third-party forests and forest products certification program, which may include:
    • Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), or
    • Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).

Back to credit

MT-02 Local Procurement

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Resources

References

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the specification of locally-manufactured materials in the design of the project to reduce the environmental impact of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a program to procure and use locally-manufactured materials in the project. The program must include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner in procuring locally-manufactured materials in the design and construction of the project.
    • Identifying locally-manufactured materials for the project. Locally-manufactured materials must be:
      • Manufactured within 160 km from the project; and
      • Materials that are permanently installed in the project.
    • Requiring the project team members to prioritize the specification and procurement of locally-manufactured materials for the design and construction of the project.
  2. Communicate the requirement to procure and use locally-manufactured materials to the project team members.
  3. Compute the percentage of specified locally-manufactured materials in the design of the project compared to the estimated total cost of materials.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the procurement and use of locally-manufactured materials in the construction of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Procure and use locally-manufactured materials.
  2. Compute the percentage of locally-manufactured procured materials compared to the total actual cost of materials.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the procurement and use of locally-manufactured materials in the operations of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Evaluate the implementation and effectivity of existing procurement policies and procedures.
  2. Establish a procurement program for locally-manufactured materials for the project. The program must include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner in procuring locally-manufactured materials in the operations of the project.
    • Identifying consumable goods and equipment that are manufactured locally. Locally-manufactured materials must be manufactured within 160 km from the project.
    • Requiring the project team members to prioritize the specification and procurement of locally-manufactured materials for the operations of the project.
    • Encouraging project users to procure and use locally-manufactured materials.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the program.
  3. Implement the procurement program for locally-manufactured materials. The implementation of the program must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring and recording the procurement and use of consumable goods and equipment for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project team and users on the policies and procedures for the procurement program.
  4. Evaluate the effectivity of the procurement program in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Present average monthly percentage of locally-manufactured materials procured and used in the operations of the project. The percentage of procured materials must be:
      • Based on the implementation of the procurement program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
      • The comparison of the average monthly actual cost for the locally-manufactured materials procured and used in the project compared to the average actual monthly cost of purchased consumable goods and equipment.
    • Review if the procurement program were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the implementation of the procurement program in the operations of the project; and
    • Identify actions to improve the procurement program of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points At least ten percent (10%) of the projected total cost of materials are manufactured within 100-kilometer distance from the project.
2 points At least ten percent (10%) of the projected total cost of materials are manufactured within 130-kilometer distance from the project.
1 point At least ten percent (10%) of the estimated total cost of materials are manufactured within 160-kilometer distance from the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points At least ten percent (10%) of the actual total cost of materials are manufactured within 100-kilometer distance from the project.
2 points At least ten percent (10%) of the actual total cost of materials are manufactured within 130-kilometer distance from the project.
1 point At least ten percent (10%) of the actual total cost of materials are manufactured within 160-kilometer distance from the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points At least ten percent (10%) of the average monthly actual cost of consumable goods and equipment are manufactured within 100-kilometer distance from the project.
2 points At least ten percent (10%) of the average monthly actual cost of consumable goods and equipment are manufactured within 130-kilometer distance from the project.
1 point At least ten percent (10%) of the average monthly actual cost of consumable goods and equipment are manufactured within 160-kilometer distance from the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy on the use of locally-manufactured materials reflecting the commitment of the project owner and the target percentage of locally-manufactured materials based on cost of materials.
  2. Specifications reflecting the materials specified in the design of the project.
  3. Bill of materials, which must include the following information:
    • Quantity per material,
    • Cost per material,
    • Estimated total cost of locally-manufactured materials, and
    • Estimated total cost of all materials.
  4. List of locally-manufactured materials, which should include the following information:
    • Material type,
    • Material name,
    • Name of the manufacturer,
    • Contact number,
    • Address of the manufacturing site of the material, and
    • Distance of the manufacturing site from the project.
  5. Communication records informing the project team, external contractors, suppliers and service providers on the policy for the use of locally-manufactured materials.
  6. Purchase records as proof of intent to purchase the specified materials in the project.
  7. Report on the computation of the percentage of locally-manufactured materials to be procured compared to the estimated total cost of all materials. To compute for the percentage of locally-manufactured materials to be procured, you may use this formula:

    % Mspecified = Mlocal × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mspecified = Percentage of specified locally-manufactured materials
    Mlocal = Total cost of locally-manufactured materials
    Mtotal = Total cost of all materials specified

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built specifications reflecting the materials implemented in the project.
  2. Bill of materials, which must include the following information:
    • Quantity per material,
    • Cost per material,
    • Total cost of locally-manufactured materials, and
    • Total cost of all materials.
  3. List of locally-manufactured materials, which should include the following information:
    • Material type,
    • Material name,
    • Name of the manufacturer,
    • Contact number,
    • Address of the manufacturing site of the material, and
    • Distance of the manufacturing site from the project.
  4. Procurement documentation reflecting the materials procured and used in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. Report on the computation of the percentage of locally-manufactured materials procured compared to the total cost of all materials. To compute for the percentage of locally-manufactured materials to be procured, you may use this formula:

    % Mprocured = Mlocal × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mprocured = Percentage of procured locally-manufactured materials
    Mlocal = Total cost of locally-manufactured materials
    Mtotal = Total cost of all materials procured

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy on the use of locally-manufactured materials reflecting the project owner's commitment and the target percentage of locally-manufactured materials based on cost of materials.
  2. Report on the review of procurement processes, which must include the following:
    • Evaluation of existing procurement policies, procedures, and practices;
    • List of common consumable goods and equipment procured for the operations of the project; and
    • Average monthly cost of procuring consumable goods and equipment for the operations of the project for at least twelve (12) months.
  3. Documented policies and procedures for the procurement of locally-manufactured materials, which must include the following:
    • Identifying sources of locally-manufactured consumable goods and equipment for the project within 160 km from the project;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the building owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers and users;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures; and
    • Identifying and assigning roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  4. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the system,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  5. Communication records reflecting the following:
    • Regular reporting to the project owner reflecting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Promoting the procurement and use of locally-manufactured materials to users and tenants; and
    • Communicating with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers about the policies and procedures.
  6. Report on the materials procured and used for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period, which must include the following information:
    • Quantity per material,
    • Cost per material,
    • Total cost of locally-manufactured materials, and
    • Total cost of all materials.
  7. List of locally-manufactured consumable goods and equipment procured and used for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period. The list should include the following information:
    • Material type,
    • Material name,
    • Name of the manufacturer,
    • Contact number,
    • Address of the manufacturing site of the material, and
    • Distance of the manufacturing site from the project.
  8. Procurement documentation reflecting the consumable goods and equipment procured and used in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  9. Report on the computation of the average monthly percentage of procured locally-manufactured materials. The data must be based on materials procured for at least twelve (12) months during performance period. To compute for the average monthly percentage of procured locally-manufactured materials, you may use this formula:

    % Maverage = Mlocal × 100% ÷ 12
    Mtotal

    where:

    Maverage = Monthly percentage of procured locally-manufactured materials
    Mlocal = Total cost of procured locally-manufactured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period
    Mtotal = Total cost of all materials procured for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

  10. Report on the effectivity of the policies and procedures, which must include the following information:

    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Back to credit

MT-03 Community-based Enterprise Procurement

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Resources

References

  • Green Building Procurement Hub. https://greenbuildingph.org/
  • R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, & F. C. Pitargue, Jr. (2007). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Holiday decors, wearables, gifts (Vol. 1). FPRDI-DOST.
  • R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, & F. C. Pitargue, Jr. (2009). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Decors, woodcarvings, gifts, accessories (Vol. 2). FPRDI-DOST.
  • R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, & F. C. Pitargue, Jr. (2010). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Decors, gifts, accessories (Vol. 3). FPRDI-DOST.
  • R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, F. C. Pitargue Jr., & E. R. Barile. (2012). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Furniture, woodcarvings, decors, gifts & accessories (Vol. 4). FPRDI-DOST.
Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the specification of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups in the design of the project to support its social benefit to the community.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a program to procure and use sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups in the project. The program must include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner in procuring sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups in the design and construction of the project.
    • Identifying sustainable materials for the project. These materials must be:
      • Crafted by local artisans, community groups, or indigenous communities; and
      • Made using sustainable or upcycled materials.
    • Requiring the project team members to prioritize the specification and procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the design and construction of the project.
  2. Communicate the requirement to procure and use sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups to the project team members.
  3. Compute the percentage of sustainable materials identified from social enterprises and community groups in the design of the project compared to the estimated total cost of materials.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups in the construction of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Procure and use sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.
  2. Compute the percentage of the procured materials compared to the total actual cost of materials.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups in the operations of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Evaluate the implementation and effectivity of existing procurement policies and procedures.
  2. Establish a program to procure and use sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups in the project. The program must include the following:
    • Commitment of the project owner in procuring sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups in the operations of the project.
    • Identifying sustainable materials for the project. These materials must be:
      • Crafted by local artisans, community groups, or indigenous communities; and
      • Made using sustainable or upcycled materials.
    • Requiring the project team members to prioritize the specification and procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups in the project for the operations of the project.
    • Encouraging project users to procure and use sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the program.
  3. Implement the procurement program for sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups. The implementation of the program must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring and recording the procurement and use of consumable goods and equipment for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
    • Regular communications for the project team and users on the policies and procedures for the procurement program.
  4. Evaluate the effectivity of the procurement program in the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Present average monthly percentage of procured and used sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups in the operations of the project. The percentage of procured materials must be:
      • Based on the implementation of the procurement program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
      • The comparison of the average monthly actual cost for the procured and used sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups in the project compared to the average actual monthly cost of purchased consumable goods and equipment.
    • Review if the procurement program were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the implementation of the procurement program in the operations of the project; and
    • Identify actions to improve the procurement program of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Ten percent (10%) or more specified materials based on cost are sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.
2 points Five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) specified materials based on cost are sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.
1 point Three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) specified materials based on cost are sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Ten percent (10%) or more of materials procured and used in the construction of the project based on cost are sustainable materials purchased from social enterprises and community groups.
2 points Five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of materials procured and used in the construction of the project based on cost are sustainable materials purchased from social enterprises and community groups.
1 point Three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of materials procured and used in the construction of the project based on cost are sustainable materials purchased from social enterprises and community groups.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Ten percent (10%) or more procured materials based on average monthly costs of procured materials in the operations of the project are sustainable materials purchased from social enterprises and community groups.
2 points Five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) procured materials based on average monthly costs of procured materials in the operations of the project are sustainable materials purchased from social enterprises and community groups.
1 point Three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) procured materials based on average monthly costs of procured materials in the operations of the project are sustainable materials purchased from social enterprises and community groups.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.
  2. Bill of materials, which must include the following information:
    • Quantity per material,
    • Cost per material,
    • Estimated total cost of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups, and
    • Estimated total cost of all materials.
  3. List of sustainable materials specified from social enterprises and community groups. The list must reflect the following information:
    • Material type,
    • Material name,
    • Name of the manufacturer,
    • Contact number, and
    • Sustainable properties of each material.
  4. Communication records informing the project team, external contractors, suppliers and service providers on the policies and procedures for the use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.
  5. Purchase records as proof of intent to purchase the sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups specified in the project.
  6. Report on the computation of the percentage of sustainable materials to be procured from social enterprises and community groups compared to the estimated total cost of materials. To compute for the percentage of sustainable materials to be procured, you may use this formula:

    % Mspecified = Msocial × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mspecified = Percentage of specified sustainable materials procured from social enterprises and community groups
    Msocial = Total cost of sustainable materials procured from social enterprises and community groups
    Mtotal = Total cost of all materials specified

Sustainability requirements for materials

When identifying the materials, the project team should select materials that have the following sustainable properties:

  1. Uses rapidly renewable raw materials,
  2. Uses locally-sources materials,
  3. Materials with post-consumer recycled content,
  4. Low volatile organic compound (VOC) content,
  5. Certified wood under a third-party forests and forest products certification program, which may include:
    • Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), or
    • Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).
  6. Eco-labeled products under the:
    • National Ecolabelling Program – Green Choice Philippines, or
    • Equivalent labeling program under the Global Eco-Labelling Network (GEN).

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built specifications reflecting the materials implemented in the project.
  2. Bill of materials, which must include the following information:
    • Quantity per material,
    • Cost per material,
    • Total cost of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups, and
    • Total cost of all materials.
  3. List of sustainable materials specified from social enterprises and community groups. The list must reflect the following information:
    • Material type,
    • Material name,
    • Name of the manufacturer,
    • Contact number, and
    • Sustainable properties of each material.
  4. Procurement documentation reflecting the materials procured and used in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. Report on the computation of the percentage of sustainable materials to be procured from social enterprises and community groups compared to the total cost of all materials. To compute for the percentage of sustainable materials to be procured, you may use this formula:

    % Mprocured = Msocial × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mprocured = Percentage of procured sustainable materials procured from social enterprises and community groups
    Msocial = Total cost of sustainable materials procured from social enterprises and community groups
    Mtotal = Total cost of all materials procured

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.
  2. Report on the review of procurement processes, which must include the following:
    • Evaluation of existing procurement policies, procedures, and practices;
    • List of common consumable goods and equipment procured for the operations of the project; and
    • Average monthly cost of procuring consumable goods and equipment for the operations of the project for at least twelve (12) months.
  3. Documented policies and procedures for procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups, which must include the following:
    • Identifying sources of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the building owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers and users;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures; and
    • Identifying and assigning roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  4. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the system,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  5. Communication records reflecting the following:
    • Regular reporting to the project owner reflecting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Promoting the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups to users and tenants; and
    • Communicating with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers about the policies and procedures.
  6. Report on the materials procured and used for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period, which must include the following information:
    • Quantity per material,
    • Cost per material,
    • Total cost of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups, and
    • Total cost of all materials.
  7. List of sustainable materials specified from social enterprises and community groups procured and used for at least twelve (12) months during performance period. The list must reflect the following information:
    • Material type,
    • Material name,
    • Name of the manufacturer,
    • Contact number, and
    • Sustainable properties of each material.
  8. Procurement documentation reflecting the consumable goods and equipment procured and used in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which should include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  9. Report on the computation of the percentage of sustainable materials procured from social enterprises and community groups. The data must be based on materials procured for at least twelve (12) months during performance period. To compute for the percentage of sustainable materials procured, you may use this formula:

    % Maverage = Msocial × 100% ÷ 12
    Mtotal

    where:

    Maverage = Monthly percentage of procured sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
    Msocial = Total cost of procured sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period
    Mtotal = Total cost of all materials procured for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

  10. Report on the effectivity of the implementation of the policies and procedures for the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprise and community groups. The report must reflect the following information:

    • Issues encountered and observed during the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Actions taken to address the issues encountered and observed during implementation; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the goals of the policy for the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprise and community groups for the project.

Back to credit

Transportation

Transportation category encourages the adoption of sustainable transportation strategies to reduce the traffic congestion in the project and its vicinity, and to mitigate the negative environmental impacts attributed to vehicle travel.

No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
TR-01 Key Establishments Proximity All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
TR-02 Mass Transportation Access All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
TR-03 Preferred Parking All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
TR-04 Cyclist Facilities All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
TR-05 Pedestrian Mobility All Stages Buildings All Occupancies

TR-01 Key Establishments Proximity

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

29 July 2021, v4.1.0

Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, changed requirement for tenants from select a site within a building that is within close proximity to key establishments to select a building that is within close proximity to key establishments.

The project team must demonstrate the close proximity of the project to key establishments.

The project owner must:

  1. Select a site within close proximity to key establishments. The key establishments must be:
    • Located within a 250-meter radius from the building entrance; and
    • Accessed through safe and accessible pedestrian routes.
  2. Establish a communication strategy to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments.

Tenants For Tenants, select a building that is within close proximity to key establishments.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the design reflecting the close proximity of the project to key establishments.

The project owner must:

  1. Construct the project in the selected site within close proximity to key establishments identified during Stage 1 — Design.
  2. Implement the communication strategy.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the promotion of pedestrian mobility strategies and how it achieved its target to lessen the contribution to air pollution and traffic congestion by selecting a site within close proximity to key establishments.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy that promotes pedestrian mobility and the use of local establishments to the users of the project.
  2. Establish a plan to operationalize the policy to promote pedestrian mobility, which must include the following:
    • Defining the target impact, performance metric, and strategies to operationalize the plan;
    • Communicating the strategy to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan.
  3. Implement the pedestrian mobility plan, which must include the following:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users of the project;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users; and
    • Monitoring and recording the performance of the implementation of the plan.
  4. Assess the effectivity of the plan, which must include the following:
    • Evaluating the effectivity of the strategies;
    • Reporting the challenges encountered in the implementation of the plan and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues;
    • Evaluating whether the target impact was successfully achieved through the plan; and
    • Identifying opportunities to further improve the performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

Added “are” to “ten (10) or more key establishments within close proximity to the project.”

Added “are” to “seven (7) to nine (9) key establishments within close proximity to the project.”

Added “are” to “four (4) to six (6) key establishments within close proximity to the project.”

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Ten (10) or more key establishments are within close proximity to the project.
2 points Seven (7) to nine (9) key establishments are within close proximity to the project.
1 point Four (4) to six (6) key establishments are within close proximity to the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

Added “are” to “ten (10) or more key establishments within close proximity to the project.”

Added “are” to “seven (7) to nine (9) key establishments within close proximity to the project.”

Added “are” to “four (4) to six (6) key establishments within close proximity to the project.”

The project may be awarded with the equivalent points for this credit based on the level of compliance with the performance requirements in the following table.

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Ten (10) or more key establishments are within close proximity to the project.
2 points Seven (7) to nine (9) key establishments are within close proximity to the project.
1 point Four (4) to six (6) key establishments are within close proximity to the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed "report on the effectivity of the plan reflecting the achievement of the target impact during the performance period" to "Ten (10) or more key establishments are within close proximity to the project."

Changed "documentation of the implementation of the plan, including the implementation of the communication strategies to promote the use of the key establishments" to "Seven (7) to nine (9) key establishments are within close proximity to the project."

Changed "documentation of the implementation of the plan during the performance period" to "Four (4) to six (6) key establishments are within close proximity to the project."

Changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

The project may be awarded with the equivalent points for this credit based on the level of compliance with the performance requirements in the following table.

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Ten (10) or more key establishments are within close proximity to the project.
2 points Seven (7) to nine (9) key establishments are within close proximity to the project.
1 point Four (4) to six (6) key establishments are within close proximity to the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Site map. The project team must demonstrate the distance of the key establishment from the main building entrance and direction how users will be able to walk to the key establishments. The site map must reflect the following information:
    • Location of the main building entrance,
    • Location of the identified key establishments,
    • Pedestrian routes to the establishments, and
    • Distance from the project to the establishments, which must include:
      • Radius distance of the establishment from the building entrance, and
      • Travel distance of users from the building entrance to the establishments.
  2. List of key establishments. The project team must demonstrate the key establishments identified are existing establishments within close proximity to the project. The list must include the following information:
    • Name of the establishment,
    • Contact information,
    • Type of service provided, and
    • Photograph of the facade of the establishment.
  3. Communication plan for the strategy to promote key establishments to the project users, which may include the following:
    • Designing an information panel or kiosk for the promotion of local establishments;
    • Establishing partnerships with the key establishments to encourage project users to visit the key establishments; and
    • Establishing policies and procedures for regular information and awareness campaign to project users on the key establishments.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Site development plan which must include the following information:
    • Location of the main building entrance,
    • Location of the identified key establishments,
    • Pedestrian routes to the establishments, and
    • Distance from the project to the establishments, which must include:
      • Radius distance of the establishment from the building entrance, and
      • Travel distance of users from the building entrance to the establishments.
  2. List of key establishments. The project team must demonstrate the key establishments identified are existing establishments within close proximity to the project. The list must include the following information:
    • Name of the establishment,
    • Contact information,
    • Type of service provided, and
    • Photograph of the facade of the establishment.
  3. As-built plans, specifications and documented policies and procedures reflecting the implementation of the strategies identified in the communication plan.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to promote pedestrian mobility and the use of local key establishments to the project users.
  2. Documented policies and procedures for the promotion of pedestrian mobility and the use of the local key establishments, which must include:
    • Identifying the target impact and strategies to implement the plan. The target impact for the plan should be the following:
      • Reduction of greenhouse gas emissions;
      • Increased pedestrian mobility for the users of the building; and
      • Increased patronage from the users to local establishments;
    • Communicating the strategies to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users, which may include:
      • Regular bulletins and memorandum to the project team, users, and staff of the project;
      • Public message boards, advertisements, and signage with information on local establishments; and
      • Information kiosk on local establishments;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan; and
    • Identifying and assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan.
  3. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  4. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regular reporting to the project owner on the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Regular coordination and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers about the policies and procedures; and
    • Regular information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the promotion of mobility and patronage of establishments in close proximity.
  5. Monitoring report on the implementation of the plan reflecting the progress in achieving the target impact.
  6. Report on the effectivity of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Back to credit

Key establishments

Key establishments should include the following:

  1. Banks
  2. Childcare and educational facilities, such as:
    • Daycare centers,
    • Libraries, and
    • Schools.
  3. Commercial facilities, such as:
    • Laundry or dry cleaners, and
    • Parlor or barber shops.
  4. Community facilities and barangay halls
  5. Health facilities, such as:
    • Health centers, and
    • Medical or dental offices, but not exclusively aesthetic services.
  6. Stores and markets, such as:
    • Convenience stores, sari-sari stores or groceries,
    • Hardware stores, and
    • Supermarkets or wet markets.
  7. Places of worship
  8. Public parks and open spaces
  9. Public utilities, such as:
    • Fire stations,
    • Police stations, and
    • Post offices.
  10. Recreation and fitness facilities, which may include:
    • Fitness centers and gyms,
    • Sports facilities, and
    • Theaters or movie houses.
  11. Residential areas
  12. Restaurants, karinderya, or turo-turo.

Back to credit

TR-02 Mass Transportation Access

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project owner must demonstrate in the design the reduction of fossil fuel in private vehicles by selecting a site with access to mass transportation options.

The project owner must:

  1. Select a site within close proximity to mass transportation modes. The mass transportation modes must be either of the following:

    If the mass transportation mode is: the project must have access to: with the maximum walking distance from the project of:
    Commuter rail or light rail an existing or currently planned and funded station 500 meters
    Public, campus, or private bus a terminal or stop for at least two (2) bus lines 500 meters
    Asian utility vehicle (AUV) or public utility vehicle (PUV) a terminal or stop for at least two (2) routes 250 meters
  2. Engage a qualified professional in planning and implementing sustainable transportation strategies in the project.

  3. Establish a sustainable transportation plan for the project that includes the promotion of mass transportation for the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project owner must construct the project in the selected building within close proximity to mass transportation modes.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for sustainable transportation for the project reflecting the promotion of the use of mass transportation.
  2. Engage a qualified professional in evaluating the sustainable transportation plan of the project and recommending further opportunities for managing the transportation plan in the operations of the project.
  3. Evaluate the transportation patterns of the project users, and existing policies and procedures on mass transportation of the project.
  4. Establish a sustainable transportation plan to operationalize the policy. The plan must include:
    • Defining the target impact, performance metric, and strategies to operationalize the plan;
    • Communicating the plan to the project stakeholders, which should include:
      • Local government;
      • Transportation operators;
      • Building owners;
      • Project team;
      • External contractors, suppliers, and service providers; and
      • Users, staff, and visitors.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan.
  5. Implement the sustainable transportation plan. The implementation of the plan must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the plan.
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan during the performance period.
  6. Assess the effectivity of the plan, which must include the following:
    • Evaluating the effectivity of the plan.
    • Reporting the challenges encountered in the implementation of the plan and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues;
    • Evaluating whether the target impact was successfully achieved through the plan; and
    • Identifying opportunities to further improve the performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "documentation on the mass transportation reflecting" from "documentation on the mass transportation reflecting three (3) or more mass transportation modes within proximity of the building."

Removed "documentation on the mass transportation reflecting" from "Documentation on the mass transportation reflecting two (2) mass transportation modes within proximity of the building."

Removed "documentation on the mass transportation reflecting" from "Documentation on the mass transportation reflecting one (1) mass transportation mode within proximity of the building."

Removed "Sustainable transportation plan".

Changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Three (3) or more mass transportation modes are within proximity of the building.
2 points Two (2) mass transportation modes are within proximity of the building.
1 point One (1) mass transportation mode are within proximity of the building.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, removed "documentation on the mass transportation reflecting" from "documentation on the mass transportation reflecting three (3) or more mass transportation modes within proximity of the building."

Removed "documentation on the mass transportation reflecting" from "Documentation on the mass transportation reflecting two (2) mass transportation modes within proximity of the building."

Removed "documentation on the mass transportation reflecting" from "Documentation on the mass transportation reflecting one (1) mass transportation mode within proximity of the building."

Removed "Sustainable transportation plan".

Changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Three (3) or more mass transportation modes are within proximity of the building.
2 points Two (2) mass transportation modes are within proximity of the building.
1 point One (1) mass transportation mode are within proximity of the building.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, removed the documents to highlight the necessary performance of the project to achieve each point.

Removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

Changed "achievement of" to "achieved".

Changed "implementation of" to "implemented".

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Achieved the target impact during the performance period.
2 points Implemented the plan and the communication strategies to promote the use of mass transportation.
1 point Implemented the plan during the performance period.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. List of mass transportation modes within close proximity to the project, which must include the following information:
    • Type of mass transportation,
    • Routes of each transportation mode,
    • Schedule of trips for the identified mass transportation, and
    • Distance from the building entrance.
  2. Site plan, which must reflect the following information:
    • Location of the main building entrance,
    • Location of the identified mass transportation modes,
    • Pedestrian routes to the terminals or stops, and
    • Distance from the project to the terminals or stops.
  3. Photographs of the terminal or stops;
  4. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in developing and implementing the sustainable transportation plan for the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing sustainable transportation plan for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  5. Sustainable transportation plan reflecting the strategies for the promotion of the identified mass transportation options for the users of the project, which should include:
    • Recommended mass transportation modes going to and from the project; and
    • Routes from the project to the mass transportation modes.

If the project is within close proximity to planned and funded commuter rails or light rails, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. Documented information on the developer and funding organization of the rail project.
  2. Copy of the masterplan of the rail project, which must include information on the locations of the terminals or stops.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. List of mass transportation modes within close proximity to the project, which must include the following information:
    • Type of mass transportation,
    • Routes of each transportation mode,
    • Schedule of trips for the identified mass transportation, and
    • Distance from the building entrance.
  2. Site plan, which must reflect the following information:
    • Location of the main building entrance,
    • Location of the identified mass transportation modes,
    • Pedestrian routes to the terminals or stops, and
    • Distance from the project to the terminals or stops.
  3. Photographs of the terminal or stops;
  4. Sustainable transportation plan for the strategy to promote the use of the identified mass transportation to access the project, which should include:
    • Recommended mass transportation modes going to and from the project; and
    • Routes from the project to the mass transportation modes.

If the project is within close proximity to planned and funded commuter rails or light rails, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. Documented information on the developer and funding organization of the rail project.
  2. Copy of the masterplan of the rail project, which must include information on the locations of the terminals or stops.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to promote the use of mass transportation.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in developing and implementing the sustainable transportation plan for the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing sustainable transportation plan for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Report on the review of the transportation patterns of the users of the project, which should include:
    • Transportation demand of the users, which should include:c
      • Trip origin and destination of project users, and
      • Transportation habits of users during a typical work week;
    • Existing transportation facilities, which should include:
      • Available facilities for private vehicles,
      • Types, location of stops, and routes of mass transportation modes,
      • Existing pathways to mass transportation modes, and
      • Mass transportation amenities for commuters;
    • Review of existing policies and procedures on the promotion of the use of mass transportation; and
    • Recommendations on promoting the use of mass transportation.
  4. Sustainable transportation plan, which must include policies and procedures on the following:
    • Identifying the target impact, performance impact, and strategies to implement the plan;
    • Communicating the plan to the following:
      • Local government and transportation operators to coordinate and influence transportation plan and routes;
      • Project team, external contractors, and service providers to coordinate the implementation of the plan; and
      • Users, staff, and visitors to inform them on the sustainable transportation plan and mass transportation options for the project;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan; and
    • Identifying and assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan.
  5. Documented policy reflecting the target impact for the plan. The target impact for the plan should be the following:
    • Reduction of greenhouse gas emissions;
    • Increased pedestrian mobility for the users of the building; and
    • Increased use of mass transportation instead of private cars or single passenger cars.
  6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Coordination with local government and transportation operators;
    • Regular coordination and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the plan; and
    • Regular information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the promotion of the use of mass transportation.
  8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the plan reflecting the progress in achieving the target impact.
  9. Report on the effectivity of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Tenants

For tenant projects, the project team should also submit communication records to the building owner and manager to coordinate the operations for the promotion of mass transportation with the building.

Back to credit

TR-03 Preferred Parking

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

29 July 2021, v4.1.0

Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, removed the list of vehicles that qualifies as a fuel-efficient and low-emitting on the numbered list of requirements.

The project team must demonstrate a reduction of the use of fossil fuels in private vehicles by promoting the use of alternative fuel and fuel-efficient vehicles and low-emitting vehicles in the design of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Limit the number of parking spaces for vehicles to the minimum regulatory requirement of the project;
  2. Designate preferred parking spaces for:
    • Fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles;
    • Electric vehicles with charging stations; and
    • Additional accessible parking spaces for persons with disabilities (PWD) and the elderly.
  3. Establish sustainable transportation plan for the project that includes the promotion of the use of the preferred parking spaces.
  4. Preferred parking spaces must be:
    • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signage; and
    • Easily accessible to the building entrance or parking lobby.
Vehicles that qualify as fuel-efficient and low-emitting are the following:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must designate the preferred parking spaces in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate management of reducing the use of fossil fuels in private vehicles by promoting the use of alternative fuel and fuel-efficient vehicles and low-emitting vehicles to the users of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for sustainable transportation for the project reflecting:
    • Promotion of fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles;
    • Increasing the provision of parking for PWDs and the elderly; and
    • Discouraging the use of private vehicles.
  2. Engage a competent and qualified professional. When engaging a professional, the project owner must:
    • Identify the necessary qualifications of the professional in developing and implementing the sustainable transportation plan for the project;
    • Clearly define the roles and responsibilities of the professional; and
    • Engage the professional for the duration of the planning and performance period for the operations of the project.
  3. Review transportation patterns of the project users, and existing policies and procedures for parking and promotion of using less private vehicles.
  4. Establish a sustainable transportation plan to operationalize the policy reflecting preferred parking strategies, which must include the following:
    • Defining the target impact, performance metric, and strategies to operationalize the plan;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan.
  5. Implement the sustainable transportation plan, which must include the following:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users of the project;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan during the performance period.
  6. Assess the effectivity of the plan, which must include the following:
    • Evaluating the effectivity of the plan;
    • Reporting the challenges encountered in the implementation of the plan and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues;
    • Evaluating whether the target impact was successfully achieved through the plan; and
    • Identifying opportunities to further improve the performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

29 July 2021, v4.1.0

Under Score Distribution All Stages, merged the score distribution of each stage into one table.

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Ten percent (10%) or more of the total parking spaces are preferred parking.
2 points Five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total parking spaces are preferred parking.
1 point Three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total parking spaces are preferred parking.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Report on the computation of the parking spaces in the project, which must include:
    • Total number of required parking spaces for the project; and
    • Target percentage of preferred parking spaces compared to the total number of required parking spaces; and
    • Number of preferred parking spaces based on the target percentage. To compute for the number of preferred parking spaces, you may use this formula:
      Number of preferred parking spaces = Number of parking spaces in the project × Target percentage
  2. Plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Total number of parking spaces for the project,
    • Number of preferred parking spaces,
    • Location of the preferred parking spaces, and
    • Markings and signage for the preferred parking spaces.
  3. Sustainable transportation plan reflecting the strategies for the promotion of the use of preferred parking spaces.
  4. Purchase orders as proof for the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.
Preferred parking strategies
Fuel-Efficient and Low-Emitting Vehicles

If the preferred parking is for fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles, the project team should submit the documented policies and procedures on the use of the preferred parking spaces for fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles, which must include the following:

  1. Identifying the fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles allowed to use the preferred parking spaces.
  2. Identifying promotion strategies for the use of the preferred parking, including potential incentives for the users.
  3. Communicating the policies and procedures to the project team, external contractors, service providers, and users of the project.
  4. Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  5. Assigning the roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the policies and procedures.

Vehicles that qualify as fuel-efficient and low-emitting are the following:

Electric Vehicles

If the preferred parking is for electric vehicles, the project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policies and procedures on the use of the preferred parking space for e-vehicles, which must include the following:
    • Identifying the e-vehicles allowed to use the preferred parking spaces;
    • Identifying promotion strategies for the use of the preferred parking, including potential incentives for the users;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project team, external contractors, service providers, and users of the project;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures; and
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  2. Plans and specifications for the charging station for the e-vehicles, which must include the following information:
    • Location of the charging station;
    • Specifications for the charging station, including the standard used for the socket;
    • Procedures for the use of the charging station; and
    • Maintenance and calibration requirements for the charging station.
Additional Accessible Parking spaces for PWDs and elderly

If the preferred parking is for additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and the elderly, the project team must demonstrate the additional accessible parking spaces are in addition to the regulatory requirement for accessible parking spaces for the project.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policies and procedures on the use of the preferred parking space as additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly, which must include the following:
    • Identifying the users allowed to use the preferred parking spaces;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project team, external contractors, service providers, and users of the project;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures; and
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the policies and procedures; and
  2. Report reflecting the computation of the following:
    • Total number of the regulatory requirement for accessible parking for the project; and
    • Number of additional accessible parking spaces for the project.
  3. Plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • Number of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
    • Location of the additional accessible parking spaces.

Tenants If the parking spaces are leased, the project owner must submit the parking lease agreement reflecting the following information:

  1. Ownership of the parking spaces;
  2. Agreement to lease the parking space to the project owner; and
  3. Duration of the leasing agreement.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following:
    • Total number of parking spaces for the project,
    • Number of preferred parking spaces,
    • Location of the preferred parking spaces, and
    • Markings and signage for the preferred parking spaces.
  2. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Report on the computation of the parking spaces in the project, which must include:
    • Total number of required parking spaces for the project; and
    • Target percentage of preferred parking spaces compared to the total number of required parking spaces; and
    • Number of preferred parking spaces based on the target percentage. To compute for the number of preferred parking spaces, you may use this formula:
      Number of preferred parking spaces = Number of parking spaces in the project × Target percentage

If the preferred parking is for electric vehicles, the project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications on the charging station for the e-vehicles, which must include the following information:
    • Location of the charging station,
    • Specifications for the charging station, including the standard used for the socket,
    • Procedures for the use of the charging station, and
    • Maintenance and calibration requirements for the charging station.
  2. Commissioning report reflecting the charging stations were successfully installed, tested and evaluated to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.

Tenants For Tenants, if the parking spaces are leased, the project owner must submit the parking lease agreement reflecting the following information:

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to promote the use of vehicles with less negative environmental impact.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in developing and implementing the sustainable transportation plan for the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing sustainable transportation plan for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Report on the review of the transportation patterns of the users of the project, which should include the following:
    • Transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
      • Trip origin and destination of project users, and
      • Transportation habits of users during a typical work week;
    • Existing transportation facilities, which should include the following:
      • Available facilities for private vehicles,
      • Demand for parking,
      • Location of parking spaces for the project, and
      • Existing preferred parking schemes of the building;
    • Review of existing policies and procedures on the promotion of the use of preferred parking schemes and reduction of private vehicles; and
    • Recommendations on promoting the use of preferred parking schemes and reduction of private vehicles.
  4. Sustainable transportation plan, which must include policies and procedures on:
    • Identifying the target impact and strategies to implement the plan;
    • Communicating the strategy to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan; and
    • Identifying and assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan.
  5. Documented policy reflecting the target impact for the plan. The target impact for the plan should be the following:
    • Reduction of greenhouse gas emissions;
    • Increased pedestrian mobility for the users of the building;
    • Increased use of fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles;
    • Increased use of e-vehicles;
    • Reduced use of single passenger cars; and
    • Increased access for PWDs and the elderly.
  6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the plan; and
    • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the implementation of the plan.
  8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the plan reflecting the progress in achieving the target impact;
  9. Report on the effectivity of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

If there are no existing facilities for preferred parking spaces, the project owner must designate preferred parking for the project. As evidence of the implementation, The project team should submit the following:

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following:
    • Total number of parking spaces for the project,
    • Number of preferred parking spaces,
    • Location of the preferred parking spaces, and
    • Markings and signage for the preferred parking spaces.
  2. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Report on the computation of the parking spaces in the project, which must include:
    • Total number of required parking spaces for the project; and
    • Target percentage of preferred parking spaces compared to the total number of required parking spaces; and
    • Number of preferred parking spaces based on the target percentage. To compute for the number of preferred parking spaces, you may use this formula:
      Number of preferred parking spaces = Number of parking spaces in the project × Target percentage

If the preferred parking is for electric vehicles, the project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications on the charging station for the e-vehicles, which must include the following information:
    • Location of the charging station,
    • Specifications for the charging station, including the standard used for the socket,
    • Procedures for the use of the charging station, and
    • Maintenance and calibration requirements for the charging station.
  2. Commissioning report reflecting the charging stations were successfully installed, tested and evaluated to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.

Tenants

For tenant projects, the project team should also submit the following:

  1. Communication records to the building owner and manager to coordinate the operations for the promotion of mass transportation with the building.
  2. Parking lease agreement reflecting the following information:
    • Ownership of the parking spaces;
    • Agreement to lease the parking space to the project owner; and
    • Duration of the leasing agreement.

Back to credit

TR-04 Cyclist Facilities

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, changed "one (1) parking per user of at least three percent (3%) of the total users of the project; and must be at least a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking" to "one (1) parking per user of at least three percent (3%) of the total users of the project or at least a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking, whichever is higher."

The project team must demonstrate in the design the reduction of fossil fuels in private vehicles by promoting cycling in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for sustainable transportation reflecting the promotion of cycling for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional in planning and implementing sustainable transportation strategies in the project.
  3. Provide bicycle parking for the users of the project.
  4. Provide showers, changing rooms, and lockers easily accessible by the users.
  5. Establish sustainable transportation plan for the project that includes the promotion of cycling, running, and walking to the project.

When designing the bicycle parking, the project team must:

When designing the showers and changing rooms, the project team must design:

For regular staff, the project team must provide the appropriate number of lockers.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must construct the bicycle parking, showers, changing rooms, and lockers.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed "at least three percent (3%) of the total users of the project; with a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking;" to "at least three percent (3%) of the total users of the project or a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking, whichever is higher."

The project team must demonstrate the management of the reduction of fossil fuels in private vehicles by promoting cycling in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for a sustainable transportation plan reflecting the promotion of cycling for the project.
  2. Engage a competent and qualified professional.
  3. Review transportation patterns of the project users, and existing policies and procedures on the promotion of cycling for the project.
  4. Establish a sustainable transportation plan to operationalize the policy. The policy must include:
    • Defining the target impact, performance, and strategies to operationalize the plan. At a minimum, the project team must establish:
      • Bicycle Parking for at least three percent (3%) of the total users of the project or a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking, whichever is higher;
      • Shower stalls and changing rooms for at least (1) shower stall per ten (10) bicycle;
    • Communicating the plan to project stakeholders;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan.
  5. Implement the sustainable transportation plan, which must include:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users of the project;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan during the performance period.
  6. Assess the effectivity of the plan, which must include:
    • Evaluating the effectivity of the plan;
    • Reporting the challenges encountered in the implementation of the plan and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues;
    • Evaluating whether the target impact was successfully achieved through the plan; and
    • Identifying opportunities to further improve the performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Ten percent (10%) or more of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project.
2 points Five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project.
1 point Three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%)of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Ten percent (10%) or more of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project.
2 points Five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project.
1 point Three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed "report on the effectivity of the plan reflecting the achievement of the target impact during the performance period" to "Ten percent (10%) or more of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project".

Changed "documentation of the implementation of the plan, including the implementation of the communication strategies to promote cycling" to "Five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project".

Changed "the project exhibits its compliance with all the requirements" to "Three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project."

Changed ”demonstrates" to ”provided proof that".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
3 points Ten percent (10%) or more of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project.
2 points Five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project.
1 point Three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total users have provision for bicycle parking, showers, and changing room in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must submit the following:

  1. Plans, which must include information on:
    • Number and location of the following:
      • Bicycle parking,
      • Showers,
      • Changing rooms, and
      • Lockers;
    • Location of wayfinding for the following:
      • Bicycle parking,
      • Showers,
      • Changing rooms, and
      • Lockers;
    • Location of basic bicycle maintenance tools.
  2. Specifications reflecting the technical description for the:
    • Bicycle parking,
    • Showers,
    • Changing rooms, and
    • Lockers.
  3. Occupancy profile, which must include the following information—
    • Maximum number of persons per shift,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift.
  4. Sustainable transportation plan reflecting the strategies for the promotion of cycling to the project users.
  5. Report on the calculation of the number of bicycle parking, shower stalls, and changing rooms. To calculate the number of bicycle parking, shower stalls, and changing rooms, you may use these formulas:
    Number of bicycle parking = Total users of the project × Target percentage
    Number of shower stalls
    and changing rooms
    = Number of bicycle parking case
    10
  6. Purchase orders as proof for the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.

Tenants

Shared facilities

If the building provided bicycle parking, showers, changing rooms and lockers for its tenants, the project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy of the building owner or agreement between the building owner and tenant authorizing the project's users to use these amenities.
  2. Plans and specifications reflecting the shared amenities can accommodate the project's users as well as the other users of the building.

Residential

For residential projects, the project owner must provide these amenities to the staff of the project. The project owner does not need to provide showers, changing rooms, and lockers for tenants.

The project team should submit documented information on the number of staff members as a basis for the requirements.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans, which must include information on:
    • Number and location of the following:
      • Bicycle parking,
      • Showers,
      • Changing rooms, and
      • Lockers;
    • Location of wayfinding for the following:
      • Bicycle parking,
      • Showers,
      • Changing rooms, and
      • Lockers;
    • Location of basic bicycle maintenance tools.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the technical description for the:
    • Bicycle parking,
    • Showers,
    • Changing rooms, and
    • Lockers.
  3. Occupancy profile, which must include the following information—
    • Maximum number of persons per shift,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift.
  4. Sustainable transportation plan reflecting the strategies for the promotion of cycling, running, and walking.
  5. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  6. Report on the calculation of the number of bicycle parking, shower stalls, and changing rooms. To calculate the number of bicycle parking, shower stalls, and changing rooms, you may use these formulas:
    Number of bicycle parking = Total users of the project × Target percentage
    Number of shower stalls
    and changing rooms
    = Number of bicycle parking case
    10

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy on sustainable transportation reflecting the promotion of cycling;
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in developing and implementing the sustainable transportation plan for the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing sustainable transportation plan for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Report on the review of the transportation patterns of the users of the project, which must include:
    • Transportation demand of the project users, which must include:
      • Number of cyclists, runners, and walking commuters for the project,
      • Trip origin and destination of project users, and
      • Transportation habits of users during a typical work week.
    • Review of existing policies and procedures on the promotion of cycling, running, and walking; and
    • Recommendations on promoting cycling, running, and walking for the project.
  4. As-built plans, which must include information on:
    • Number and location of the following:
      • Bicycle parking,
      • Showers,
      • Changing rooms, and
      • Lockers;
    • Location of wayfinding for the following:
      • Bicycle parking,
      • Showers,
      • Changing rooms, and
      • Lockers;
    • Location of basic bicycle maintenance tools.
  5. As-built specifications reflecting the technical description for the:
    • Bicycle parking,
    • Showers,
    • Changing rooms, and
    • Lockers.
  6. Report on the calculation of the number of bicycle parking, shower stalls, and changing rooms. To calculate the number of bicycle parking, shower stalls, and changing rooms, you may use these formulas:
    Number of bicycle parking = Total users of the project × Target percentage
    Number of shower stalls
    and changing rooms
    = Number of bicycle parking case
    10
  7. Sustainable transportation plan, which must include policies and procedures on:
    • Identifying the target impact, performance impact, and strategies to implement the plan;
    • Communicating the strategies to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan; and
    • Identifying and assigning roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan.
  8. Documented policy reflecting the target impact for the plan. The target impact for the plan should be the following:
    • Reduction of greenhouse gas emissions,
    • Increased pedestrian mobility for the users,
    • Increased number of cyclists,
    • Increased number of runners, and
    • Reduced use of cars to and from the project.
  9. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  10. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the plan; and
    • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the promotion of the use of mass transportation.
  11. Monitoring report on the implementation of the plan reflecting the progress in achieving the target impact.
  12. Report on the effectivity of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

If there are no existing bicycle parking and amenities, the project owner should design and construct bicycle parking, showers, changing rooms, and lockers for users of the project.

Tenants

Shared facilities

If the building provided bicycle parking, showers, changing rooms and lockers for its tenants, the project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy of the building owner or agreement between the building owner and tenant authorizing the project's users to use these amenities.
  2. Plans and specifications reflecting the shared amenities can accommodate the project's users as well as the other users of the building.

Residential

For residential projects, the project owner must provide these amenities to the staff of the project. The project owner does not need to provide showers, changing rooms, and lockers for tenants.

The project team should submit documented information on the number of staff members as a basis for the requirements.

Back to credit

TR-05 Pedestrian Mobility

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the contribution of the project to reduce air pollution and its contribution to traffic congestion by promoting pedestrian mobility.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project.
  2. Select a site within 250-m walking distance to existing pedestrian amenities in the surrounding area. Pedestrian amenities may include:
    • Public sidewalks and crosswalks,
    • Bicycle lanes,
    • Bicycle parking spaces,
    • Trees providing natural shade,
    • Waiting sheds for mass transportation,
    • Public benches,
    • Drinking fountains, or
    • Signages or wayfindings showing directions and the estimated walking time to the nearest key establishments or areas of interest.
  3. Engage a competent and qualified professional for identifying and implementing strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.
  4. Design walkways within the project for the project users and the public. Walkways must be:
    • Passable and unobstructed from any obstacles, whether installed permanently or temporarily;
    • Easily accessible to the project users and the public;
    • Designed in accordance with generally-accepted standards for accessibility; and
    • Designed with good visibility and adequate lighting during nighttime;
  5. Identify strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project. The strategies may include:
    • Providing dedicated walkways in the project for the users and the general public as a pass-through to adjacent locations;
    • Providing safe and comfortable walkways with direct access to:
      • Public sidewalks,
      • Bicycle lanes,
      • Bicycle parking spaces,
      • Mass transportation stations, terminals or stops, or
      • Public parking spaces;
    • Providing waiting sheds for the users of mass transportation for daily commutes;
    • Providing an accessible drinking fountain or a water refilling station for the users or the public;
    • Providing signages or wayfindings showing the directions and the estimated walking time to key establishments or areas of interest within proximity to the project; or
    • Contributing to the improvement of local streetscape by providing art installations from Filipino artists reflecting the local identity of the area.
  6. Facilitate the procurement of products, technologies or strategies for the promotion of pedestrian mobility in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the design of the project reflecting the promotion of pedestrian mobility in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the design of walkways within the project for the project users and the public.
  2. Implement the identified strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.
  3. Procure and install the identified products, technologies or strategies for the promotion of pedestrian mobility in the project.
  4. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project.
  2. Engage a competent and qualified professional for planning and implementing strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.
  3. Review transportation patterns of the project users, and existing policies and procedures to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.
  4. Establish a plan for promoting pedestrian mobility to operationalize the policy. The plan must include:
    • Defining the target impact, performance, and strategies to operationalize the plan. At a minimum, the project team must:
      • Ensure that existing walkways within the project are:
        • Passable and unobstructed from any obstacles, whether installed permanently or temporarily;
        • Easily accessible to the project users and the public;
        • Constructed in accordance with generally-accepted standards for accessibility; and
        • Constructed with good visibility and adequate lighting during nighttime;
    • Establish strategies to promote pedestrian mobility, which may include:
      • Providing dedicated walkways in the project for the users and the general public as a pass-through to adjacent locations;
      • Providing safe and comfortable walkways with direct access to:
        • Public sidewalks,
        • Bicycle lanes,
        • Bicycle parking spaces,
        • Mass transportation stations, terminals or stops, or
        • Public parking spaces;
      • Providing waiting sheds for the users of mass transportation for daily commutes;
      • Providing an accessible drinking fountain or a water refilling station for the users or the public;
      • Providing signages or wayfindings showing the directions and the estimated walking time to key establishments or areas of interest within proximity to the project; or
      • Contributing to the improvement of local streetscape by providing art installations from Filipino artists reflecting the local identity of the area.
    • Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project;
    • Communicating the plan and its implementation to the project stakeholders; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan.
  5. Implement the plan for promoting pedestrian mobility, which must include:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the plan to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users of the project;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan during the performance period.
  6. Assess the implementation of the plan, which must include:
    • Evaluating the effectivity of the plan;
    • Reporting the challenges encountered in the implementation of the plan and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues;
    • Evaluating whether the target impact was successfully achieved through the plan; and
    • Identifying opportunities to further improve the pedestrian mobility in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Three (3) or more strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the design of the project.
2 points Two (2) strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the design of the project.
1 point One (1) strategy to promote pedestrian mobility in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Three (3) or more strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.
2 points Two (2) strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.
1 point One (1) strategy to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, removed "report on the effectivity of the plan reflecting the" from "report on the effectivity of the plan reflecting the achieved of the target impact during the performance period."

Changed "plan for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project" to "implemented of the plan for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project."

Removed "the project exhibits its" from "the project exhibits its complied with all the requirements."

Removed “demonstrates” from “if the project team demonstrates”

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Achieved of the target impacts during the performance period;
  • Implemented of the plan for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project; and
  • Complied with all the requirements.
2 points
  • Implemented of the plan for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project; and
  • Complied with all the requirements.
1 point Complied with all the requirements.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in promoting pedestrian mobility in the project.
  2. Plans reflecting the following information:
    • Safe and comfortable pathways for the users and the general public;
    • Signages or wayfindings showing the directions and the estimated walking time to key establishments or areas of interest within proximity to the project;
    • Drinking fountain or water refilling station easily accessible to the users or the general public; and
    • Art installations to improve of the local streetscape.
  3. Specifications reflecting the technical description for the following:
    • Pathways for the users and the general public;
    • Signages or waywindings showing the directions and the estimated walking time to key establishments or areas of interest within proximity to the project; and
    • Art installations to improve the local streetscape.
  4. Purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the location of the following:
    • Safe and comfortable pathways for the users and the general public;
    • Signages or wayfindings showing the directions and the estimated walking time to key establishments or areas of interest within proximity to the project;
    • Drinking fountain or water refilling station easily accessible to the users or the general public; and
    • Art installations to improve of the local streetscape.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the technical description for the following:
    • Pathways for the users and the general public;
    • Signages or wayfindings showing the directions and the estimated walking time to key establishments or areas of interest within proximity to the project; and
    • Art installations to improve the local streetscape.
  3. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in developing and implementing the sustainable transportation plan for the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing sustainable transportation plan for the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Report on the review of the transportation patterns of the users of the project, which must include:
    • Transportation demand of the project users, which must include:
      • Number of runners, and walking commuters for the project,
      • Trip origin and destination of project users, and
      • Transportation habits of users during a typical work week.
    • Review of existing policies and procedures on the promotion of pedestrian mobility in the project; and
    • Recommendations on promoting pedestrian mobility.
  4. Documented policies and procedures for pedestrian mobility, which must include:
    • Identifying the target impact, performance impact, and strategies to implement the plan;
    • Communicating the strategies to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan; and
    • Identifying and assigning roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan.
  5. Documented policy reflecting the target impact for the plan. The target impact for the plan should be the following:
    • Reduction of greenhouse gas emissions,
    • Increase in the pedestrian mobility for the users, and
    • Reduction on the use of cars to and from the project.
  6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the plan; and
    • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the promotion of the use of mass transportation.
  8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the plan reflecting the progress in achieving the target impact.
  9. Report on the effectivity of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

If there are no existing amenities for pedestrians, the project owner should design and construct amenities to promote pedestrian mobility in the project. The project team should also submit the following:

  1. As-built plans reflecting the location of the following:
    • Safe and comfortable pathways for the users and the general public;
    • Signages or wayfindings showing the directions and the estimated walking time to key establishments or areas of interest within proximity to the project;
    • Drinking fountain or water refilling station easily accessible to the users or the general public; and
    • Art installations to improve of the local streetscape.
  2. As-built specifications reflecting the technical description for the following:
    • Pathways for the users and the general public;
    • Signages or wayfindings showing the directions and the estimated walking time to key establishments or areas of interest within proximity to the project; and
    • Art installations to improve the local streetscape.
  3. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Health and Wellbeing

Health and Wellbeing category promotes improved productivity and comfort, and addresses the impacts of the building on the health and wellbeing of its users.

No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
HW-01 Visual Comfort All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-02 Daylight Access All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-03 Outdoor Views Access All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-04 Thermal Comfort All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-05 Acoustic Comfort All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-06 Indoor Air Quality All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-07 Microbial Control All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-08 Low VOC Environment All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-09 Active Design All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-10 Urban Agriculture All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
HW-11 Places of Respite All Stages All Projects Healthcare facilities
HW-12 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health All Stages All Projects All Occupancies

HW-01 Visual Comfort

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Resources

References

Generally accepted standards for lighting include the following:

  • PNS ISO/CIE 8995:2010 Lighting of Indoor Work Places;
  • Occupational Safety and Health Standards (as Amended, 1989) (Department of Labor and Employment, 1978);
  • DOLE Department Order No. 13, Series of 1998 — Guidelines Governing Occupational Safety and Health in the Construction Industry (Department of Labor and Employment, 1998); and
  • Guidelines on Energy Conserving Design of Buildings (Department of Energy, 2008);
  • IES Lighting Handbook 10th Edition
  • EN 12464-1&2: 2011
  • ISO 8995-1:2002(E) (CIE S 008/E:2001)
  • GB50034-2013
  • CIBSE SLL Code for Lighting

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Planning and implementing lighting systems within reasonable lighting levels and quality; and
    • Provide recommendations to improve the lighting quality within the project.
  2. Establish the lighting design for all regularly occupied spaces in the project. The design of the lighting system must:
    • Meet the illuminance level based on the task and use of the space. The illuminance levels must be:
      • Based on a generally accepted standard for lighting;
      • Visually comfortable through:
        • Uniform luminance,
        • Uniform illuminance on horizontal surfaces, and
        • Color temperature.
    • Include lighting controls for the users based on:
      • Individual tasks or comfort of the users; and
      • Use in a zone or shared spaces;
    • Minimize exposure to glare.

Regularly occupied spaces must be appropriately zoned for lighting based on its use and control. Zoning for shared spaces should include:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the design of the project and how it achieved efficient lighting qualities.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the lighting design.
  2. Measure the lighting quality of the indoor spaces based on the implemented strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

29 July 2021, v4.1.0

Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed engaging a qualified professional in to engaging a qualified professional competent in.

The project team must demonstrate the management of visual comfort in the project and how it continuously improves the productivity, health, and wellbeing of users of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to improve the visual comfort of the users in the project.
  2. Evaluate the lighting performance of the project. The evaluation must include:
    • Engaging a qualified professional competent in:
      • Evaluating the existing lighting conditions of the project;
      • Providing appropriate recommendations to improve the lighting quality in the project;
    • Reviewing the implementation of existing policies, procedures, and strategies in managing the lighting quality and glare in the project; and
    • Evaluating the lighting performance of the project based on generally accepted standards.
  3. Develop an action plan to improve the lighting quality and control in the project. The lighting system must:
    • Meet the illuminance level based on the task and use of the space. The illuminance levels must be:
      • Based on a generally accepted standard for lighting;
      • Visually comfortable through:
        • Uniform luminance,
        • Uniform illuminance on horizontal surfaces, and
        • Color temperature.
    • Include lighting controls for the users based on:
      • Individual tasks or comfort of the users; and
      • Use in a zone or shared spaces;
    • Minimize exposure to glare.
  4. Implement the lighting action plan. The implementation of the plan must include:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders;
    • Implementation of the lighting system and controls;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Regular communications for the project users on the policies and procedures on the lighting system, which should include:
      • Lighting zones,
      • Proper use of the lighting system and controls, and
      • User feedback and issue reporting.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the program. The project team must:
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented, which should include the evaluation of the comfort and impact of the lighting system to the users;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the planning and implementation of the lighting system;
    • Present the corrective actions implemented during the performance period; and
    • Identify actions to improve the program.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrate:
3 points Task-specific lighting and glare control at the workstation level reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.
2 points Lighting controls for each space and zone reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.
1 point All regularly occupied spaces are designed with appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Task-specific lighting and glare control at the workstation level reflected in all regularly occupied spaces .
2 points Lighting controls for each space and zone reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.
1 point All regularly occupied spaces are designed with appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Achievement of high satisfaction from at least 80% of the users of the project or the target impact during the performance period.
2 points Lighting controls for each space and zone reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.
1 point All regularly occupied spaces are designed with appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project should submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in the development and implementation of the lighting design;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the development and implementation of the lighting design; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Documented policy reflecting on the reasonable illuminance level for the project based on generally accepted standards.
  3. Plan and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include:
      • Location of the regularly occupied spaces, and
      • Tasks and use for each space;
    • Lighting design for the project, which must include:
      • Illuminance level for each space,
      • Types of luminaires,
      • Location of lighting controls,
      • Settings for the lighting controls, and
      • Zoning for each control;
    • Design to minimize glare, which must include:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems to prevent glare, and
      • Location of controls if shading is controlled manually.
  4. Purchase orders reflecting the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include:
      • Location of regularly occupied spaces, and
      • Tasks and use of each space;
    • Implementation of the lighting design, which must include:
      • Illuminance level for each space,
      • Types of luminaires installed,
      • Location of the lighting controls,
      • Settings for the lighting controls, and
      • Zoning for each control;
    • Implementation of the glare control design, which must include:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems installed, and
      • Location of controls if controls installed are manually operated.
  2. Commissioning report reflecting the lighting systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated confirming the illumination levels based on the design of the project.
  3. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the visual comfort of users for their improved productivity, health, and wellbeing.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in the development and implementation of the lighting design;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the development and implementation of the lighting design; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Report on the evaluation of the visual comfort of the users of the project. The project team must submit documentation reflecting the following information:
    • Methodology of the evaluation;
    • Results of the review of existing policies, procedures, strategy and practices in managing lighting and glare in the project;
    • Results of the assessment of the lighting quality of the project;
    • Issues and requirements of users for lighting and glare control; and
    • Recommendations to improve the visual comfort of users.
  4. Documented policies and procedures to improve the visual comfort of users, which must include the following:
    • Identifying and assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan;
    • Identifying the appropriate lighting and glare control strategies to achieve the identified impact, which may include:
      • Implementing a feedback and monitoring system for lighting-related issues from the users;
      • Reviewing and improving the lighting quality for regularly occupied spaces in the project, including illumination and color rendering;
      • Providing supplementary lighting for individuals;
      • Addressing flickering lights and glare from luminaires;
      • Controlling glare from daylight; and
      • Implementing education and awareness campaigns on the impact of proper lighting on user's health and wellbeing;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures for at least twelve (12) months during he performance period; and
    • Communicating the plan to the building owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users.
  5. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  6. As-built plans and specifications which must reflect strategies to improve the lighting quality and control in the project. The plans and specifications must reflect the following:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include:
      • Location of regularly occupied spaces, and
      • Tasks and use of each space;
    • Implementation of the lighting design, which must include:
      • Illuminance level for each space based on the task and use of the space,
      • Types of luminaires installed,
      • Location of the lighting controls,
      • Settings for the lighting controls, and
      • Zoning for each control;
    • Implementation of the glare control design, which must include:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems installed, and
      • Location of controls if controls installed are manually operated.
  7. Report for the testing for the illumination reflecting the lighting systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated confirming the illumination levels based on the improved performance of the project.
  8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  9. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the plan; and
    • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the proper use of the lighting zones, lighting system and controls, and the feedback and issue reporting procedures.
  10. Report on the effectivity of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Back to credit

HW-02 Daylight Access

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the use of daylight for regularly occupied spaces in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Planning and implementing the building envelope and lighting system that maximizes daylighting; and
    • Provide recommendations to improve the access to daylight in the project.
  2. Design regularly occupied spaces in the project with access to daylight. The design for daylight must:
    • Provide sufficient illuminance using daylight; and
    • Minimize exposure to glare.
  3. Calculate the percentage of the regularly occupied spaces that have access to daylight.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the project's design reflecting the use of daylight for regularly occupied spaces.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the design that ensures access to daylight of all regularly occupied spaces in the project.
  2. Calculate the percentage of the regularly occupied spaces that have access to daylight.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

29 July 2021, v4.1.0

Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed engaging a qualified professional in to engaging a qualified professional competent in.

The project team must demonstrate the management of illuminance in regularly occupied spaces in the project using daylight strategies to minimize glare.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to provide access to daylight to regularly occupied spaces and improve the visual comfort of the users in the project.
  2. Evaluate the use of daylight in the project. The evaluation must include:
    • Engaging a qualified professional competent in:
      • Evaluating the existing lighting conditions of the project;
      • Providing appropriate recommendations to improve access to daylight in the project;
    • Reviewing the implementation of existing policies, procedures, and strategies in managing the daylight access and glare in the project; and
    • Presenting regularly occupied spaces in the project with access to daylight.
  3. Develop an action plan to improve access to daylight in the project. The plan must:
    • Provide sufficient illuminance through daylight, and
    • Minimize exposure to glare.
  4. Implement the daylighting action plan. The implementation of the plan must include:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders;
    • Implementation of the strategies to provide access to daylight and glare controls;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Regular communications for the project users on the policies and procedures on the daylighting, which should include:
      • Daylighting zones,
      • Proper use of the glare controls, and
      • User feedback and issue reporting.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the program. The project team must:
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented, which should include the evaluation of the comfort and impact of the daylighting to the users;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the planning and implementation of the strategies to provide access to daylight and glare controls;
    • Present the corrective actions implemented during the performance period; and
    • Identify actions to improve the program.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Sixty percent (60%) or more of regularly occupied spaces have access to daylight.
2 points Fifty-five percent (55%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) of regularly occupied spaces have access to daylight.
1 point Fifty percent (50%) to less than fifty-five percent (<55%) of regularly occupied spaces have access to daylight.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Sixty percent (60%) or more of regularly occupied spaces have access to daylight.
2 points Fifty-five percent (55%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) of regularly occupied spaces have access to daylight.
1 point Fifty percent (50%) to less than fifty-five percent (<55%) of regularly occupied spaces have access to daylight.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Fifty percent (50%) or more of regularly occupied spaces have access to daylight.
2 points Thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of regularly occupied spaces have access to daylight.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project should submit the following:

  1. Policy documentation reflecting the target daylight of the project. The policy of the project must reflect the percentage (%) of regularly occupied spaces with access to daylighting for the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in planning and implementing the building envelope and lighting system that maximizes daylighting;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing the building envelope and lighting system that maximizes daylighting; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include:
      • Total floor area of regularly occupied spaces in m2,
      • Location of regularly occupied spaces, and
      • Tasks and use of each space;
    • Daylighting design, which must include:
      • Illuminance level for each space based on the task and use of the space,
      • Openings for daylight, and
      • Zoning for each control;
    • Glare control design, which must include:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems installed, and
      • Location of controls if controls installed are manually operated.
  4. Purchase orders reflecting the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.
  5. Report on the percentage of total floor area of regularly occupied spaces with access to daylight.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include:
      • Total floor area of regularly occupied spaces in m2,
      • Location of regularly occupied spaces, and
      • Tasks and use of each space;
    • Implemented daylighting design, which must include:
      • Illuminance level for each space based on the task and use of the space,
      • Openings for daylight, and
      • Zoning for each control;
    • Implemented glare control design, which must include:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems installed, and
      • Location of controls if controls installed are manually operated.
  2. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Report on the percentage of total floor area of regularly occupied spaces with access to daylight.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to provide access to daylight to improve the productivity, health, and wellbeing of project users.
  2. Report on the evaluation of the daylight access of the users in the project. The project team must submit documentation reflecting the following information:
    • Methodology of the evaluation;
    • Results of the review of existing policies, procedures, strategy and practices in managing daylighting and glare in the project;
    • Results of the assessment of the daylighting quality of the project;
    • Issues and requirements of users for daylighting and glare control; and
    • Recommendations to improve the access to daylight and visual comfort of users.
  3. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include:
      • Total floor area of regularly occupied spaces in m2,
      • Location of regularly occupied spaces, and
      • Tasks and use of each space;
    • Implemented daylighting design, which must include:
      • Illuminance level for each space based on the task and use of the space,
      • Openings for daylight, and
      • Zoning for each control;
    • Implemented glare control design, which must include:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems installed, and
      • Location of controls if controls installed are manually operated.
  4. Report on the percentage of total floor area of regularly occupied spaces with access to daylight.
  5. Report for the testing for the illumination confirming the illumination levels from the daylight complied with the improved performance for the project.
  6. Documented policies and procedures to improve the illuminance through daylight and minimize exposure to glare, which must include the following:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders;
    • Implementation of the strategies to provide access to daylight and glare controls;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicating the policies and procedures on the daylighting to project users, which should include:
      • Daylighting zones,
      • Proper use of the glare controls, and
      • User feedback and issue reporting.
  7. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  8. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the plan; and
    • Regularly communicating the policies and procedures to project users.
  9. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  10. Report on the effectivity of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Back to credit

HW-03 Outdoor Views

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the design of regularly occupied spaces in projects with access to quality outdoor views.

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Planning and implementing the building envelope and outdoor spaces to provide access to outdoor views; and
    • Provide recommendations to provide access to outdoor views in the project.
  2. Design regularly occupied spaces in the project with access to outdoor views. The design for outdoor views must be:
    • Measured relative to normal working positions; and
    • Directed towards spaces with natural features or spaces with frequent movement from people. Natural features:
      • Vegetation,
      • Bodies of water,
      • Sky, or
      • Landscaping.
  3. Calculate the percentage of the regularly occupied spaces that have access to outdoor views.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must implement the design regularly occupied spaces in projects with outdoor views of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

29 July 2021, v4.1.0

Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed engaging a qualified professional in to engaging a qualified professional competent in.

The project team must demonstrate continuous access to the outdoor views during operations.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to provide access to outdoor views to regularly occupied spaces in the project.
  2. Evaluate the access to outdoor views in the project. The evaluation must include:
    • Engaging a qualified professional competent in:
      • Evaluating the existing access in regularly occupied spaces to outdoor views in the project;
      • Providing appropriate recommendations to improve access to outdoor views in the project;
    • Reviewing the implementation of existing policies, procedures, and strategies for outdoor views in the project; and
    • Presenting regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views in the project.
  3. Develop an action plan to improve access to outdoor views in the project. The access for outdoor views must be:
    • Measured relative to normal working positions; and
    • Directed towards spaces with natural features or spaces with frequent movement from people. Natural features:
      • Vegetation,
      • Bodies of water,
      • Sky, or
      • Landscaping.
  4. Implement the action plan for outdoor views. The implementation of the plan must include:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders;
    • Implementation of the strategies to provide access to outdoor views;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Regular communications for the project users on the policies and procedures for outdoor views, which should include:
      • Proper use of shading and fenestration to allow access to outdoor views, and
      • User feedback and issue reporting.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the program. The project team must:
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented, which should include the evaluation of the comfort and impact of the outdoor views to the users;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the planning and implementation of the strategies to provide access to outdoor views;
    • Present the corrective actions implemented during the performance period; and
    • Identify actions to improve the program.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Eighty-five percent (85%) or more of regularly occupied space have outdoor views in the design of the project.
2 points Eighty percent (80%) to less than eighty-five percent (<85%) of regularly occupied space have outdoor views in the design of the project.
1 point Seventy-five percent (75%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) of regularly occupied space have outdoor views in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Eighty-five percent (85%) or more of regularly occupied spaces have outdoor views in the project.
2 points Eighty percent (80%) to less than eighty-five percent (<85%) of regularly occupied spaces have outdoor views in the project.
1 point Seventy-five percent (75%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) of regularly occupied spaces have outdoor views in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Fifty percent (50%) or more of regularly occupied spaces have outdoor views.
2 points Thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of regularly occupied spaces have outdoor views.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in planning and implementing the building envelope and outdoor spaces to provide access to outdoor views;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing the building envelope and outdoor spaces to provide access to outdoor views; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include:
      • Total floor area of regularly occupied spaces in m2,
      • Location of regularly occupied spaces, and
      • Tasks and use of each space;
    • Location and sizes of windows and openings providing access to outdoor views; and
    • Sight lines for outdoor views relative to normal working positions.
  3. Purchase orders reflecting the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.
  4. Report on the percentage of total floor area of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include:
      • Total floor area of regularly occupied spaces in m2,
      • Location of regularly occupied spaces, and
      • Tasks and use of each space;
    • Location and sizes of windows and openings providing access to outdoor views; and
    • Sight lines for outdoor views relative to normal working positions.
  2. Report on the percentage of total floor area of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to provide access to outdoor views to regularly occupied spaces in the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in planning and implementing the building envelope and outdoor spaces to provide access to outdoor views;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing the building envelope and outdoor spaces to provide access to outdoor views; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Report on the review of outdoor views, which must include:
    • Review of existing policies, procedures and strategies for outdoor views in the project; and
    • Recommendations on improving access to outdoor views.
  4. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include:
      • Total floor area of regularly occupied spaces in m2,
      • Location of regularly occupied spaces, and
      • Tasks and use of each space;
    • Location and sizes of windows and openings providing access to outdoor views; and
    • Sight lines for outdoor views relative to normal working positions.
  5. Report on the percentage of total floor area of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
  6. Documented policies and procedures to improve the illuminance through daylight and minimize exposure to glare, which must include the following:
    • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders;
    • Implementation of the strategies to provide access to outdoor views;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicating the policies and procedures on the policies and procedures for outdoor views, which should include:
      • Proper use of shading and fenestration to allow access to outdoor views, and
      • User feedback and issue reporting.
  7. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  8. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the plan; and
    • Regularly communicating the policies and procedures to project users.
  9. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  10. Report on the effectivity of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Back to credit

HW-04 Thermal Comfort

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the design of regularly occupied spaces in the project are designed with reasonable thermal levels and controls.

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified professional in planning and implementing the project with reasonable thermal levels and cooling load requirements.
  2. Design the project to maintain reasonable thermal levels. The design of the project must:
    • Meet the reasonable thermal conditions based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55-2017 — Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy;
    • Provide controls for mechanical ventilation at each space, zone, or individual user levels; and
    • Include a monitoring system for temperature and humidity.

Tenants If the air conditioning systems are centrally-managed by the building owner or manager, the project team must:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must implement the design of the project that ensures the appropriate thermal levels and controls in projects.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

29 July 2021, v4.1.0

Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed engaging a qualified professional in to engaging a qualified professional competent in.

The project team must demonstrate the continuous management of the thermal levels and controls within reasonable levels in the operations of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to improve the indoor thermal comfort of the users in the project.
  2. Evaluate the thermal conditions of the project. The evaluation must include:
    • Engaging a qualified professional competent in:
      • Evaluating the existing thermal conditions of the project; and
      • Providing appropriate recommendations for the appropriate thermal levels and addressing the thermal comfort of users in the project;
    • Evaluating the existing thermal conditions of the project based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55-2017 — Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy.
  3. Develop a plan for thermal comfort of the project. The plans must include the following:
    • Establishing strategies to ensure reasonable thermal levels in regularly occupied spaces based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55-2017 — Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy;
    • Identifying strategies to manage and improve the thermal comfort of users, which should include:
      • Controls for the mechanical ventilation for each space or zone; and
      • Individual thermal controls or strategies that will address the individual thermal preference of the user but will not affect other users.
    • Establishing a monitoring system for temperature and humidity in all regularly occupied spaces;
    • Establishing policies and procedures for users' feedback.
  4. Implement the plans for thermal comfort. The implementation of the plans must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the plans.
    • Procurement and installation of products and technologies to support the plans.
    • Regular communications for the project users on the policies and procedures for the strategies for thermal comfort in the project, which should include:
      • Different thermal zones in the project and the temperature settings in these zones,
      • Use of thermal controls in each space or zone,
      • Use of individual thermal controls or strategies, and
      • User feedback and issue reporting on thermal comfort;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plans.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the program. The project team must:
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented, which should include:
      • Evaluate the thermal comfort in the project through physical measurements or surveying users, and
      • Evaluating the impact of the thermal comfort strategies to the users;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the planning and implementation of the thermal comfort strategies;
    • Present the corrective actions implemented during the performance period; and
    • Identify actions to improve the program.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points High level of thermal comfort reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.
2 points Thermal control for each space and zone reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.
1 point Appropriate thermal levels reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Demonstrating high level of thermal comfort reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.
2 points Thermal control for each space and zone reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.
1 point Appropriate thermal levels reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Demonstrating high level of thermal comfort reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.
2 points Thermal control for each space and zone reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.
1 point Appropriate thermal levels reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in planning and implementing the project with reasonable thermal levels and cooling load requirements;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing the project with reasonable thermal levels and cooling load requirements; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  2. Plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Location of the regularly occupied spaces,
      • Tasks and use for each space, and
      • Zoning for ventilation and control;
    • For naturally ventilated spaces, access to control for opening and closing of windows;
    • For mechanically ventilated spaces, description of the HVAC system and the control, which must include:
      • Location, function, and scope of each controls for the HVAC systems, and
      • Zoning for each control;
    • Monitoring system for temperature and humidity for regularly occupied spaces.
  3. Report on the design of the thermal levels and cooling requirements for the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Documentation on the reasonable thermal levels and cooling requirements for the project based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55-2017 Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy;
    • Summary of the modelling or calculation, which must include:
      • Methodology used to determine thermal levels and cooling requirements; and
      • Outcomes reflecting compliance with the identified standard;
    • Reference documents for data used in the modelling or calculation, which must include:
      • Environmental conditions including weather data, temperature, and humidity;
      • Description of the mechanical ventilation for the project; and
      • Description of the controls and zoning of regularly occupied spaces.
  4. Purchase orders reflecting the identified products, technologies, or strategies in the design of the project.

Tenants If the air conditioning systems are centrally-managed by the building owner or manager, the project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the HVAC system in the project.
  2. Report on the thermal levels and cooling requirements for the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Documentation on the reasonable thermal levels and cooling requirements for the project based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55-2017 Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy;
    • Summary of the modelling or calculation, which must include:
      • Methodology used to determine thermal levels and cooling requirements; and
      • Outcomes reflecting compliance with the identified standard;
    • Reference documents for data used in the modelling or calculation, which must include:
      • Environmental conditions including weather data, temperature, and humidity;
      • Description of the mechanical ventilation for the project; and
      • Description of the controls and zoning of regularly occupied spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Location of the regularly occupied spaces,
      • Tasks and use for each space, and
      • Zoning for ventilation and control;
    • For naturally ventilated spaces, access to control for opening and closing of windows;
    • For mechanically ventilated spaces, description of the HVAC system and the control, which must include:
      • Location, function, and scope of each controls for the HVAC systems, and
      • Zoning for each control;
    • Monitoring system for temperature and humidity for regularly occupied spaces.
  2. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the thermal comfort of users for their improved productivity, health, and wellbeing.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications and competency in planning and implementing the project with reasonable thermal levels and cooling load requirements;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in planning and implementing the project with reasonable thermal levels and cooling load requirements; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Report on the thermal levels and cooling requirements for the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Documentation on the reasonable thermal levels and cooling requirements for the project based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55-2017 Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy;
    • Summary of the modelling or calculation, which must include:
      • Methodology used to determine thermal levels and cooling requirements; and
      • Outcomes reflecting compliance with the identified standard;
    • Reference documents for data used in the modelling or calculation, which must include:
      • Environmental conditions including weather data, temperature, and humidity;
      • Description of the mechanical ventilation for the project; and
      • Description of the controls and zoning of regularly occupied spaces;
    • Evaluation of the comfort of the users, which may be done through:
      • Occupant surveys, and
      • Physical measurements.
  4. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Location of the regularly occupied spaces,
      • Tasks and use for each space, and
      • Zoning for ventilation and control;
    • For naturally ventilated spaces, access to control for opening and closing of windows;
    • For mechanically ventilated spaces, description of the HVAC system and the control, which must include:
      • Location, function, and scope of each controls for the HVAC systems, and
      • Zoning for each control;
    • Monitoring system for temperature and humidity for regularly occupied spaces.
  5. Documented policies and procedures to improve the thermal comfort of users, which must include the following:
    • Identifying and assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan;
    • Identifying the thermal control strategies, which may include:
      • Different thermal zones in the project and the temperature settings in these zones,
      • Proper use of thermal controls in each space or zone,
      • Use of individual thermal controls or strategies, and
      • User feedback and issue reporting on thermal comfort;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures for at least twelve (12) months during he performance period; and
    • Communicating the plan to the building owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users.
  6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the plan; and
    • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the proper use of the HVAC system and controls, and the feedback and issue reporting procedures.
  8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  9. Report on the effectivity of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Back to credit

HW-05 Acoustic Comfort

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the improvement of productivity, comfort, and wellbeing of users in the workplace by ensuring appropriate acoustic levels and controls in the design of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified professional in:
    • Planning and implementing the acoustic design of the project;
    • Providing appropriate recommendations to manage noise, and improve speech privacy and intelligibility in the project;
  2. Design the project to maintain acoustic comfort in the project. The design must meet the limits for:
    • Background noise levels for all regularly occupied spaces in the project based on generally accepted standards; and
    • Reverberation rate for all regularly occupied spaces in the project based on generally accepted standards.

Tenants For Tenant projects, the plan must include strategies for managing the noise levels within the project to minimize its impact on other occupied spaces in the building.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must implement the strategies to ensure appropriate acoustic levels and controls.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the strategies to maintain acoustic comfort.
  2. Test the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project. The test must reflect the project meets the noise levels and reverberation rates based on generally accepted standards.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

29 July 2021, v4.1.0

Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed engaging a qualified professional in to engaging a qualified professional competent in.

The project team must demonstrate the management of acoustics in the operations of the project and the continuous improvement in the acoustic comfort of users in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to improve the acoustic comfort of the users in the project.
  2. Evaluate the acoustic performance of the project. The evaluation must include:
    • Engaging a qualified professional competent in:
      • Evaluating the existing acoustic conditions of the project;
      • Providing appropriate recommendations to manage noise, and improve speech privacy and intelligibility in the project;
    • Identifying indoor and outdoor noise sources within the project boundary; and
    • Testing noise levels and reverberation rates within the project.
  3. Establish an action plan to improve the acoustic performance of the project. The plans must include the following:
    • Limiting the background noise levels within reasonable levels based on generally accepted standards for acoustics;
    • Improving the reverberation within the project to improve speech intelligibility based on generally accepted standards for acoustics; and
    • Providing acoustic separation appropriate for the use of individual spaces to provide speech privacy and intelligibility.
  4. Implement the action plan for acoustics. The implementation of the plan must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program.
    • Procurement and installation of products and technologies to improve the acoustics performance of the project.
    • Regular communications for the project users on the policies and procedures for the acoustics strategies in the project.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the program. The project team must:
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented, which must include:
      • Testing the noise levels and reverberation rates within the project, and
      • Evaluating the impact of the acoustics strategies to the users;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the planning and implementation of the acoustics strategies;
    • Present the corrective actions implemented during the performance period; and
    • Identify actions to improve the program.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Acoustic privacy reflected in the design of all regularly occupied indoor spaces.
2 points Appropriate reverberation rates reflected in the design of all regularly occupied indoor spaces.
1 point Reasonable noise levels reflected in all regularly occupied spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points High level of acoustic privacy reflected in all regularly occupied indoor spaces.
2 points Appropriate reverberation rates reflected in all regularly occupied indoor spaces.
1 point Reasonable noise levels reflected in all regularly occupied indoor spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Achievement of high satisfaction from at least 80% of the users of the project during the performance period.
2 points Appropriate reverberation rates reflected in all regularly occupied indoor spaces.
1 point Reasonable noise levels reflected in all regularly occupied indoor spaces.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications of the professional developing and implementing the acoustic design of the project;
    • Role and responsibilities of the professional; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project;
  2. Plans and specifications reflecting the design of all regularly occupied spaces that limits background noise and reverberation rates to maintain acoustic comfort. The documents must include the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Location of the regularly occupied spaces;
      • Tasks and use for each space; and
    • Noise levels and reverberation rates for each space based on generally accepted standards; and
    • Location and types of potential noise sources within and outside the project.
  3. Purchase orders reflecting the intent of the project team to purchase the identified products, technologies, or strategies in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the design of all regularly occupied spaces that limits background noise and reverberation rates to maintain acoustic comfort. The documents must include the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Location of the regularly occupied spaces;
      • Tasks and use for each space; and
    • Noise levels and reverberation rates for each space based on generally accepted standards; and
    • Location and types of potential noise sources within and outside the project.
  2. Report on the testing for the noise levels and reverberation rates. The testing must be consistent with the generally accepted standard used for the limits for noise levels and the reverberation rates. The report must include the following information:
    • Testing methodology based on generally accepted standards;
    • Contact information of the body that conducted the testing, which must include:
      • Name,
      • Phone number, and
      • E-mail address;
    • Outcome of the testing.
  3. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve and maintain the acoustic comfort in the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications of the professional developing and implementing the acoustic design of the project;
    • Role and responsibilities of the professional; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Report on the review of the acoustic comfort in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Outcomes for the testing for the noise levels and reverberation rates before the implementation of the strategies, which must include:
      • Testing methodology based on generally accepted standards;
      • Contact information of the body that conducted the testing, which must include:
        • Name,
        • Phone number, and
        • E-mail address;
      • Outcome of the testing;
    • Evaluation of the comfort of the users through occupant surveys before the implementation of the strategies;
    • Issues and requirements of users for acoustic comfort; and
    • Recommendations to improve the acoustic comfort of users.
  4. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the design of all regularly occupied spaces that limits background noise and reverberation rates to maintain acoustic comfort. The documents must include the following information:
    • All regularly occupied spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Location of the regularly occupied spaces;
      • Tasks and use for each space; and
    • Noise levels and reverberation rates for each space based on generally accepted standards; and
    • Location and types of potential noise sources within and outside the project.
  5. Documented policies and procedures to improve the acoustic comfort of users, which must include the following:
    • Identifying and assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan;
    • Identifying the acoustic control strategies, which may include:
      • Limits for background noise levels within reasonable levels based on generally accepted standards for acoustics;
      • Improvements for reverberation within the project to improve speech intelligibility based on generally accepted standards for acoustics;
      • Acoustic separation appropriate for the use of individual spaces to provide speech privacy and intelligibility; and
      • User feedback and issue reporting on acoustic comfort;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures for at least twelve (12) months during he performance period; and
    • Communicating the plan to the building owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users.
  6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the plan; and
    • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the strategies for acoustic comfort.
  8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  9. Report on the effectivity of the program, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures, which should include:
      • Testing for the noise levels and reverberation rates after the implementation of the strategies, which must include:
        • Testing methodology based on generally accepted standards;
        • Contact information of the body that conducted the testing, which must include:
          • Name,
          • Phone number, and
          • E-mail address;
        • Outcomes of the testing;
      • Evaluation of the comfort of the users through occupant surveys after the implementation of the strategies;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Back to credit

HW-06 Indoor Air Quality

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate a healthy indoor environment on the design for the project.

The project team must:

  1. Design the ventilation system that ensures the quality of the air supply for the project.
    • For mechanically ventilated spaces, the project team should:
      • Ensure the ventilation rates, supply, and exhaust rates of the ventilation system complies with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1 — Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.
      • Avoid recirculating air;
      • If the project is recirculating air, ensure the following:
        • The supply air should be properly filtered; and
        • The filters should be regularly replaced or maintained.
    • For naturally ventilated spaces, the project team should:
      • Ensure the project is designed with ventilation rates for natural ventilation based on one of the following:
        • ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1 — Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality
        • CIBSE Applications Manual AM10: Natural ventilation in non-domestic buildings
      • Provide operable windows to access outdoor air;
      • Monitor the outdoor air quality; and
      • Provide users with regular information on the quality of outdoor air and when it is suitable to open windows.
  2. Use sensors for indoor air quality, which must:
    • Be one (1) sensor installed every 325 m2;
    • Measure carbon dioxide once every ten (10) minutes; and
    • Measure the other pollutants at least once every hour.
  3. Prohibit smoking in the project.

Tenants For Tenant projects, the project team must manage air pollution to minimize impact to the building systems and other occupied spaces in the building.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the design of the project reflecting its indoor air quality strategies.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the design ensuring the quality of the ventilation supply for the project.
  2. Eliminate or exhaust indoor pollutants from the project to ensure indoor air pollutants are at reasonable levels before occupancy.
  3. Test the indoor air quality based on the testing methodology under the applicable standard used during the design of the project. The test must reflect the project meets the requirements for the indoor air quality of the project.

Tenants For Tenant projects, the project team must manage air pollution to minimize impact to the building systems and other occupied spaces in the building.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the management and improvement of the indoor air quality in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy to improve and maintain the indoor air quality in the project.
  2. Evaluate the indoor air quality of the project. The evaluation must include:
    • Review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices in indoor air quality;
    • Identify the reference standard and methodology for the testing for reasonable levels for indoor air pollutants;
    • Indoor air testing for the following pollutants:
      • Particulate matter: PM2.5 and PM10,
      • Ozone,
      • Carbon dioxide,
      • Carbon monoxide,
      • Nitrogen dioxide,
      • Radon,
      • Formaldehyde, and
      • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs).
    • Recommend improvements for the indoor air quality of the project.
  3. Develop an action plan for indoor air quality. The plan must include the following:
    • For mechanically ventilated spaces, the project team should:
      • Ensure the ventilation rates, supply, and exhaust rates of the ventilation system complies with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1 — Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.
      • Avoid recirculating air;
      • If the project is recirculating air, ensure the following:
        • The supply air should be properly filtered; and
        • The filters should be regularly replaced or maintained.
    • For naturally ventilated spaces, the project team should:
      • Ensure the project is designed with ventilation rates for natural ventilation based on one of the following:
        • ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1 — Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality
        • CIBSE Applications Manual AM10: Natural ventilation in non-domestic buildings
      • Provide operable windows to access outdoor air;
      • Monitor the outdoor air quality; and
      • Provide users with regular information on the quality of outdoor air and when it is suitable to open windows.
    • Use sensors for indoor air quality, which must:
      • Be one (1) sensor installed every 325 m2;
      • Measure carbon dioxide once every ten (10) minutes; and
      • Measure the other pollutants at least once every hour.
    • Prohibit smoking in the project.
    • Inform users about the indoor air quality.
  4. Implement the action plan for indoor air quality. The implementation of the program must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program.
    • For new mechanical ventilation systems:
      • Procurement and installation of the mechanical ventilation system that meets the identified standard; and
      • Testing of the mechanical ventilation system based on the identified standard.
    • For existing mechanical ventilation systems, testing and balancing of the ventilation system to meet the identified standard.
    • Installation of the sensors.
    • Monitoring and recording the indoor air quality.
    • Regular communications for the project users on the following:
      • Policies and procedures for opening windows for naturally ventilated spaces,
      • Report on the outdoor air quality,
      • Report on the indoor air quality,
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the program. The project team must:
    • Test the indoor air quality for the pollutants. The test must reflect the project meets or improves the air quality based on the pollutants thresholds;
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in maintaining healthy indoor air quality;
    • Present the corrective actions implemented during the performance period; and
    • Identify actions to improve the program.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Design of monitoring system and sensors to regularly monitor the indoor air quality in the project.
2 points Design of the ventilation systems that ensures adequate ventilation and improves the air supply quality.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Implementation of the monitoring system and sensors to regularly monitor the indoor air quality in the project.
2 points Implementation of the design of the ventilation systems that ensures adequate ventilation and improves the air supply quality.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Management of indoor air quality during the project's operations and the testing reflect the indoor air pollutants are within reasonable levels.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Plans and specifications reflecting the following:
    • Sensors for indoor air quality, which must include:
      • Location of the sensors,
      • Parameters measured by the sensors, and
      • Report generated by the sensors;
    • Signage prohibiting smoking in the project; and
    • Indoor air quality parameters for the design of the project based on generally accepted standards.
  2. Documented policies and procedures reflecting prohibition of smoking in the project.
  3. Purchase orders as proof of the intent of the project team to purchase the identified products, technologies, or strategies in the design of the project.

For mechanically ventilated spaces, the project team should also submit plans and specifications reflecting the design reflecting compliance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1. The documentation must include the following information:

For naturally ventilated spaces, the project team should also submit plans and specifications reflecting the following information:

If a designated smoking area (DSA) will be established within the project, the project team must submit plans and specifications for the DSA that is compliant with Executive Order No. 26, Series of 2017 — Providing for the Establishment of Smoke-Free Environments in Public and Enclosed Spaces. The plans and specifications must include the following information:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following:
    • Sensors for indoor air quality, which must include:
      • Location of the sensors,
      • Parameters measured by the sensors, and
      • Report generated by the sensors;
    • Sensors for the outdoor air quality;
    • Signage prohibiting smoking in the project;
    • For naturally ventilated spaces, access to control for opening and closing of windows;
    • For mechanically ventilated spaces, description of the HVAC system, which must include:
      • Ventilation rates, and
      • Supply and exhaust rates of the HVAC system.
  2. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Report on the level of indoor air pollutants in the project prior to occupancy. The report must include the following information:
    • Reasonable level of indoor air pollutants based on generally accepted standards, which should include:
      • Particulates PM10 and PM2.5,
      • Ozone,
      • Carbon dioxide (CO2),
      • Carbon monoxide (CO),
      • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs), and
      • Formaldehyde;
    • Methodology for the indoor air quality testing;
    • Results of the indoor air quality testing;
    • Recommendations from the testing; and
    • Actions taken to eliminate or exhaust the indoor air pollutants, such as air flushing.

If a designated smoking area (DSA) will be established within the project, the project team must submit as-built plans and specifications for the DSA that is compliant with Executive Order No. 26, Series of 2017 — Providing for the Establishment of Smoke-Free Environments in Public and Enclosed Spaces. The plans and specifications must include the following information:

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

28 July 2021, v4.0.1

Under Compliance Notes Stage 3 – Operations, removed and from Monitoring and recording the indoor air quality; and and.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve and maintain the indoor air quality in the project.
  2. Report on the review of the indoor air quality in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Outcomes for the testing for the indoor air quality before the implementation of the strategies, which must include:
      • Testing methodology based on generally accepted standards;
      • Outcomes for the testing for the following pollutants:
        • Particulate matter: PM2.5 and PM10,
        • Ozone,
        • Carbon dioxide,
        • Carbon monoxide,
        • Nitrogen dioxide,
        • Radon,
        • Formaldehyde, and
        • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs);
      • Contact information of the body that conducted the testing, which must include:
        • Name,
        • Phone number, and
        • E-mail address.
    • Review of existing policies, procedures and strategies for indoor air quality of the project; and
    • Issues and requirements of users for indoor air quality; and
    • Recommendations to improve the indoor air quality of the project.
  3. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following:
    • Sensors for indoor air quality, which must include:
      • Location of the sensors,
      • Parameters measured by the sensors, and
      • Report generated by the sensors;
    • Sensors for the outdoor air quality;
    • Signage prohibiting smoking in the project;
    • For naturally ventilated spaces, access to control for opening and closing of windows;
    • For mechanically ventilated spaces, description of the HVAC system, which must include:
      • Ventilation rates, and
      • Supply and exhaust rates of the HVAC system.
  4. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. Documented policies and procedures to improve the indoor air quality in the project, which must include the following:
    • Identifying and assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan;
    • Identifying the strategies to improve indoor air quality, which may include:
      • Procurement and installation of the mechanical ventilation system that meets the identified standard;
      • Testing and balancing of the ventilation system to meet generally accepted standards for indoor air quality;
      • Installation of sensors;
      • Monitoring and recording the indoor air quality; and
      • User feedback and issue reporting on indoor air quality;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures for at least twelve (12) months during he performance period; and
    • Communicating the plan to the building owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users.
  6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the plan; and
    • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the following:
      • Policies and procedures for opening windows for naturally ventilated spaces,
      • Report on the outdoor air quality, and
      • Report on the indoor air quality.
  8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  9. Report on the effectivity of the program, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes for the testing for the indoor air quality after the implementation of the strategies, which must include:
      • Testing methodology based on generally accepted standards;
      • Outcomes for the testing for the following pollutants:
        • Particulate matter: PM2.5 and PM10,
        • Ozone,
        • Carbon dioxide,
        • Carbon monoxide,
        • Nitrogen dioxide,
        • Radon,
        • Formaldehyde, and
        • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs);
      • Contact information of the body that conducted the testing, which must include:
        • Name,
        • Phone number, and
        • E-mail address.
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Back to credit

HW-07 Microbial Control

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the design of the project reduces health risks due to microbes and outdoor pollutants.

The project team must:

  1. Design the project with the following:
    • All regularly used entrances must have an entryway system to limit the entry of pollutants. The entryway system must be:
      • Mats, carpets or grilles,
      • At least the width of the entryway, and
      • At least three (3) meters distance traveling into the project;
    • All regularly used entrances must limit the movement of air from outdoors to indoors.
  2. Establish strategies to ensure no harmful microbial growth in the project, which should include:
    • Inspection and maintenance procedures for building mechanical systems, and
    • Moisture management for water fixtures and building envelope.

Tenants If the building systems are centrally-managed by the building owner or manager, the project team must ensure there are procedures for microbial growth prevention, which must include:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the design of the project reflecting the health risk reduction strategies due to microbes and outdoor pollutants.

The project team must:

  1. Implement the design to prevent the entry of outdoor pollutants and microbial growth in the building systems.
  2. Establish strategies to ensure no harmful microbial growth in the project, which should include:
    • Inspection and maintenance procedures for building mechanical systems, and
    • Moisture management for water fixtures and building envelope.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the management and control of microbial contamination and growth in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project to reduce or eliminate the growth of microbes and mold in the project.
  2. Evaluate the microbial prevention measures of the project. The evaluation must include:
    • Engaging a qualified professional who is competent in:
      • Conducting an assessment to determine the presence of mold and bacteria growth in the project; and
      • Developing and implementing plans to reduce mold and bacteria growth within the building system.
    • Reviewing the implementation of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices in managing microbe and mold in the project.
  3. Establish an action plan for microbial control. The action plan must include:
    • Identifying strategies to limit microbial control, which should include:
      • All regularly used entrances must have an entryway system to limit the entry of pollutants. The entryway system must be:
        • Mats, carpets or grilles,
        • At least the width of the entryway, and
        • At least three (3) meters distance traveling into the project;
      • All regularly used entrances must limit the movement of air from outdoors to indoors. The entrances should include two (2) typically closed doorways or revolving entrance doors.
      • Moisture protection for the building envelope;
      • Condensation management for areas with high humidity or moisture-sensitive materials;
      • Ultraviolet system for the mechanical air-cooling system;
    • Establishing policies and procedures for the inspection and management of building systems, which must include:
      • Regular cleaning of building mechanical systems;
      • Daily cleaning of the entryway system;
      • Annual inspecting and reporting for signs of mold, water damage, and moisture infiltration by a qualified professional; and
      • Reporting of mold or water damage on the building envelope, walls, ceilings floors, HVAC equipment, and water fixtures by users.
  4. Implement the microbial control action plan. The implementation of the plan must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procurement and installation of the microbial control strategies;
    • Regular communications to project users on the policies and procedures; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the program.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the program. The project team must:
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the planning and implementation of microbial control program; and
    • Identify actions to improve the program.
  6. Establish a policy on preventing microbial contamination for the project.
  7. Evaluate the indoor environment quality of the project.
  8. Establish a plan to operationalize the policy on preventing microbial contamination.
  9. Implement the established plan on preventing microbial contamination.
  10. Assess the effectivity of the established microbial contamination prevention plan.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed "demonstrates" to "submitted".

The project may be awarded: if the project team submitted:
3 points Policies and procedures for regular inspection, cleaning, and maintenance of the systems to prevent microbial contamination.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, changed "demonstrates" to "submitted".

The project may be awarded: if the project team submitted:
3 points Policies and procedures for regular inspection, cleaning and maintenance of the systems to prevent microbial contamination.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0 Remove "demonstrates" from ”if the project team demonstrates".

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed "Policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to prevent microbial contamination in the project; Report on the evaluation of the indoor environment quality of the project; Plan to operationalize the policy; Documentation of the implementation of the plan including the communication of the requirements to the project team and end-users; and Report on the effectivity of the plan reflecting building systems are regularly inspected and measures are taken to address identified issues." to "implemented the microbial control action plan including the communication of the requirements to the project team and end-users."

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the microbial control action plan including the communication of the requirements to the project team and end-users.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Plans and specifications reflecting the entryway systems and microbial contamination prevention strategies, which must include the following information:
    • Location and size of the entryways;
    • Design of the entryway system, which must be:
      • Mats, carpets, or grilles;
      • At least the width of the entryway;
      • At least three (3) meters distance traveling into the project;
    • Description of the building systems at risk to microbial growth, which should include the water and HVAC systems; and
    • Details of the microbial prevention strategy.
  2. Purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.
  3. Documented policies and procedures for microbial growth prevention, which must include the following:
    • Regularly inspecting and maintaining building mechanical systems to prevent microbial contamination;
    • Cleaning the entryway, water, and HVAC systems regularly;
    • Regularly inspecting and maintaining water fixtures and the building envelope to manage moisture; and
    • Implementing measures to address identified issues.

Tenants For tenant projects, the project team should also submit the documented policies and procedures of the building for microbial growth prevention, which must include the following:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the entryway systems and microbial contamination prevention strategies, which must include the following information:
    • Location and size of the entryways;
    • Design of the entryway system, which must be:
      • Mats, carpets, or grilles;
      • At least the width of the entryway;
      • At least three (3) meters distance traveling into the project;
    • Description of the building systems at risk to microbial growth, which should include the water and HVAC systems; and
    • Details of the microbial prevention strategy.
  2. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Documented policies and procedures for microbial growth prevention, which must include the following:
    • Regularly inspecting and maintaining building mechanical systems to prevent microbial contamination;
    • Cleaning the entryway, water, and HVAC systems regularly;
    • Regularly inspecting and maintaining water fixtures and the building envelope to manage moisture; and
    • Implementing measures to address identified issues.

Tenants For tenant projects, the project team should also submit the documented policies and procedures of the building for microbial growth prevention, which must include the following:

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

28 July 2021, v4.0.1

Changed 'the project team must submit' to 'the project team should submit'.

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prevent microbial contamination in the project.
  2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Qualifications of the professional developing and implementing microbial prevention measures for the project;
    • Role and responsibilities of the professional; and
    • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
  3. Report on the evaluation of the microbial prevention measures of the project, which must include:
    • Review of the existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices in managing microbes and molds in the project;
    • Issues and requirements of users for microbial management; and
    • Recommendations to improve the management of microbial contamination in the project.
  4. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the microbial contamination prevention strategies, which may include:
    • All regularly used entrances must have an entryway system to limit the entry of pollutants. The entryway system must be:
      • Mats, carpets or grilles,
      • At least the width of the entryway, and
      • At least three (3) meters distance traveling into the project;
    • All regularly used entrances must limit the movement of air from outdoors to indoors. The entrances should include two (2) typically closed doorways or revolving entrance doors.
    • Moisture protection for the building envelope;
    • Condensation management for areas with high humidity or moisture-sensitive materials; and
    • Ultraviolet system for the mechanical air-cooling system.
  5. Documented policies and procedures for the inspection and management of building systems, which must include:
    • Regular cleaning of building mechanical systems;
    • Daily cleaning of the entryway system;
    • Annual inspecting and reporting for signs of mold, water damage, and moisture infiltration by a qualified professional; and
    • Reporting of mold or water damage on the building envelope, walls, ceilings floors, HVAC equipment, and water fixtures by users.
  6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of the policies and procedures; and
    • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the strategies for microbial control.
  8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  9. Report on the effectivity of the program, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Tenants For tenant projects, the project team should also submit the documented policies and procedures of the building for microbial growth prevention, which must include the following:

Back to credit

HW-08 Low VOC Environment

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must identify materials with low volatile organic compound (VOC) content and emissions based on generally accepted standards for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must use low VOC materials in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must demonstrate the management of maintaining a healthy indoor environment through the use of non-toxic materials in the project.

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy to improve and maintain healthy indoor air quality through the management of VOC levels in the project.
  2. Evaluate the indoor air quality of the project. The evaluation must include the following:
    • Review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices in indoor air quality;
    • Identify the reference standard and methodology for the testing for reasonable levels for VOC emissions;
    • Indoor air testing for VOC emissions; and
    • Recommend improvements for the indoor air quality of the project.
  3. Establish a VOC management action plan. The action plan must include:
    • Procurement of furniture, furnishings, finishes, flooring, and insulation that meet VOC emission thresholds.
    • Measurement and improvement of the VOC levels within regularly occupied indoor spaces. The project team should either:
      • Meet thresholds for VOCs, which must include:
        • Testing the indoor spaces for the concentration VOCs;
        • Meeting the following thresholds for VOCs:
          • Acetaldehyde must be 140 µg/m3 or lower,
          • Acrylonitrile must be µg/m3 or lower,
          • Benzene must be 3 µg/m3 or lower,
          • Caprolactam must be 2.2 µg/m3 or lower,
          • Formaldehyde must be 9 µg/m3 or lower,
          • Naphthalene must be 9 µg/m3 or lower,
          • Toluene must be 300 µg/m3 or lower,
      • Use sensors for total VOC, which must include:
        • Installing sensors for total VOC. The sensor must:
          • Be one (1) sensor installed every 325 m2; and
          • Measure the total VOC at least once per hour.
        • Demonstrating total VOC of 500 µg/m3 or lower for at least 90% of the regularly occupied hours for all sensors for at least one (1) previous month.
  4. Implement the VOC management action plan. The implementation of the program must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Regular communications for project team and users on the policies and procedures for the procurement and use of materials and products with VOC content; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the program.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the program. The project team must:
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the planning and implementation of the VOC management program;
    • Present the corrective actions taken during the performance period; and
    • Identify actions to improve the program.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Eighty percent (80%) or more of the total cost of indoor materials have low VOC content and emissions.
2 points Seventy percent (70%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) of the total cost of indoor materials have low VOC content and emissions.
1 point Sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the total cost of indoor materials have low VOC content and emissions.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Eighty percent (80%) or more of the total cost of indoor materials have low VOC content and emissions.
2 points Seventy percent (70%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) of the total cost of indoor materials have low VOC content and emissions.
1 point Sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the total cost of indoor materials have low VOC content and emissions.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points VOCs in the project are maintained within reasonable levels.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documentation on the materials for the project, which must include:
    • Technical specifications reflecting the all indoor materials used in the design of the project;
    • Schedule of indoor materials, which must include the following information:
      • Material type,
      • Product name,
      • Manufacturer or supplier's name,
      • VOC content for each material, and
      • Cost of each material;
    • Standard identified reflecting the reasonable VOC levels.
  2. Communication records with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers requiring the use of low VOC materials for the project.
  3. Purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.
  4. Report on the calculations of the total percentage of identified low VOC materials based on the total estimated cost of indoor materials in the project, which must reflect the following:
    • Total estimated cost of indoor materials with low VOC content;
    • Total estimated cost of all indoor materials; and
    • Percentage of low VOC materials compared to the total estimated cost of indoor materials for the project. To compute for the percentage of low VOC materials, you may use this formula:
      % of low VOC materials = Total estimated cost of indoor materials with low VOC content × 100%
      Total estimated cost of all indoor materials

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documentation on the use of low VOC materials, which must include:
    • As-built and specifications reflecting all indoor materials used in the project;
    • Schedule of indoor materials procured and used for the project, which must include the following information:
      • Material type,
      • Product name,
      • Manufacturer or supplier's name,
      • VOC content for each material, and
      • Cost of each material;
    • Standard identified for the project reflecting the reasonable VOC levels.
  2. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Report on the calculations of the total percentage of identified low VOC materials based on the total cost of indoor materials in the project, which must reflect the following:
    • Total cost of indoor materials with low VOC content;
    • Total cost of all indoor materials; and
    • Percentage of low VOC materials compared to the total cost of indoor materials for the project. To compute for the percentage of low VOC materials, you may use this formula:
      % of low VOC materials = Total cost of indoor materials with low VOC content × 100%
      Total cost of all indoor materials

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve and maintain the indoor air quality through the management of VOC levels in the project.
  2. Report on the evaluation of the indoor air quality of the project, which must include:
    • Review of existing policies, procedures and strategies for indoor air quality of the project;
    • Outcomes for the testing for the indoor air quality before the implementation of the strategies, which must include:
      • Testing methodology for VOC based on generally accepted standards;
      • Sources of VOCs in the project;
      • Results of the indoor air quality testing for VOCs; and
      • Contact information of the body that conducted the testing, which must include:
        • Name,
        • Phone number, and
        • E-mail address.
    • Reasonable levels for VOCs based on generally accepted standards;
    • Issues and requirements of users for indoor air quality; and
    • Recommendations to improve the indoor air quality of the project.
  3. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following:
    • Sensors for indoor air quality, which must include:
      • Location of the sensors,
      • Parameters measured by the sensors, and
      • Report generated by the sensors;
    • Reasonable levels for VOCs based on generally accepted standards for the procurement of furniture, furnishings, finishes, flooring, and insulation.
  4. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. Documented policies and procedures to improve the indoor air quality in the project, which must include the following:
    • Identifying and assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan;
    • Identifying the strategies to improve and maintain the reasonable VOC levels, which should include:
      • Removing the sources of VOCs;
      • Regularly testing and monitoring of VOC levels within regularly occupied spaces;
      • Increasing ventilation when using products with VOC;
      • Procuring and using low VOC and non-toxic products; and
      • Establishing user feedback and issue reporting on acoustic comfort;
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures for at least twelve (12) months during he performance period; and
    • Communicating the plan to the building owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users.
  6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring the implementation of the plans with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers; and
    • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign with the users, staff, and visitors on the procurement and use of materials and products with low VOC content.
  8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  9. Report on the effectivity of the program, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Back to credit

HW-09 Active Design

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must demonstrate the improvement of the health of users by promoting physical activity in the design of the project.

The project team must:

  1. Identify active design strategies in the project that will encourage physical activity. The active design strategies must:
    • Be integrated in the design of the project;
    • Influence the behavior of users and encourage physical activity;
    • Be permanently installed; and
    • Be easily accessible to users and visitors.
  2. Establish public facilities to support the active design strategies identified, which may include:
    • Covered walkways and courtyards,
    • Outdoor or indoor fitness areas and equipment,
    • Showers, changing rooms and lockers, and
    • Drinking water stations or fountains.
  3. Establish a program to encourage a physically active lifestyle to the users. The program must:
    • Actively inform users about the active design features of the project, their benefits, and the positive impact of physically active lifestyles; and
    • Be for a duration of at least five (5) years.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must construct the identified strategies that encourage physical activity.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy that will encourage physical activities in the project.
  2. Evaluate the implementation of existing active design strategies in the project. The evaluation must include:
    • Reviewing existing policies, procedures for the use of active design and promotion of physical activity;
    • Assessing the implementation of existing policies and procedures;
    • Identifying issues of users in the use of the active design strategies; and
    • Identifying recommendations to improve the active design strategies in the project.
  3. Establish action plans to encourage physical activity and incorporate active design in the project. The action plans should include the following:
    • Establishing active design strategies in the project that will encourage physical activity. The active design strategies must:
      • Be integrated in the design of the project;
      • Influence the behavior of users and encourage physical activity;
      • Be permanently installed; and
      • Be easily accessible to users and visitors.
    • Establishing public facilities to support the active design strategies identified, which may include:
      • Covered walkways and courtyards,
      • Outdoor or indoor fitness areas and equipment,
      • Showers, changing rooms and lockers, and
      • Drinking water dispensers or fountains.
    • Establishing a program to encourage a physically active lifestyle to the users. The program must include:
      • Actively informing users about the active design features of the project, their benefits, and the positive impact of physically active lifestyles; and
      • Be for a duration of at least five (5) years.
  4. Implement the action plans for physical activity and incorporate active design in the project. The implementation of the plans must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for monitoring the implementation of the plans.
    • Regular communications to users on the program and the active design features.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the program.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the program. The project team must:
    • Review if the active design strategies and the program were successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the implementation of the active design strategies and program; and
    • Identify actions to improve the program.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed “demonstrates” from “if the project team demonstrates:”

Changed “establishment of” to “established”.

Changed “incorporation of” to “incorporated”.

Added the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established of a program to promote physical activity and an active lifestyle in the project;
  • Established public support facilities in the design of the project; and
  • Incorporated active design strategies in the project.
2 points
  • Established public support facilities in the design of the project; and
  • Incorporated active design strategies in the project.
1 point Incorporated active design strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, removed “demonstrates” from “if the project team demonstrates:”

Changed “establishment of” to “established”.

Changed “incorporation of” to “incorporated”.

Added the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established a program to promote physical activity and an active lifestyle in the project;
  • Implemented public support facilities in the design of the project; and
  • Implemented active design strategies in the project.
2 points
  • Implemented public support facilities in the design of the project; and
  • Implemented active design strategies in the project.
1 point Implemented the active design strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, remove “demonstrates” from “if the project team demonstrates:”

Changed “establishment” to “established”.

Changed “implementation of” to “implemented”.

Changed “evaluation of” to “evaluated”.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implementated and evaluated the effectivity of the active design program in the project; and
  • Established and implemented the active design program in the project.
2 points Established and implemented the active design program in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Plans and specifications reflecting the active design strategies that will encourage physical activity for the project users. The documentation must include the location and access of users to the following:
    • Active design strategies, and
    • Public support facilities, which may include:
      • Covered walkways and courtyards,
      • Outdoor or indoor fitness areas and equipment,
      • Showers, changing rooms and lockers, and
      • Drinking water stations or fountains.
  2. Program for the promotion of physical activity, which should include the following information:
    • Schedule for regular activities for promoting the active design features of the project, and encouraging physically active lifestyle to the users; and
    • Resources allocated for the implementation of the program, including personnel requirements and budget.
  3. Purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team should submit the following:

  1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the active design strategies that will encourage physical activity for the project users. The documentation must include the location and access of users to the following:
    • Active design strategies, and
    • Public support facilities, which may include:
      • Covered walkways and courtyards,
      • Outdoor or indoor fitness areas and equipment,
      • Showers, changing rooms and lockers, and
      • Drinking water stations or fountains.
  2. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. Program for the promotion of physical activity, which should include the following information:
    • Schedule for regular activities for promoting the active design features of the project, and encouraging physically active lifestyle to the users; and
    • Resources allocated for the implementation of the program, including personnel requirements and budget.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team should submit the following:

  1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to promote physical activities to the project users.
  2. Report on the evaluation of the active design strategies in the project, which must include:
    • Review of existing policies, procedures and strategies for the use of active design and promotion of physical activity in the project;
    • Issues and requirements of users for physical activity in the project; and
    • Recommendations to improve the promotion of physical activity in the project.
  3. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the active design strategies that will encourage physical activity for the project users. The documentation must include the location and access of users to the following:
    • Active design strategies, and
    • Public support facilities, which may include:
      • Covered walkways and courtyards,
      • Outdoor or indoor fitness areas and equipment,
      • Showers, changing rooms and lockers, and
      • Drinking water stations or fountains.
  4. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include the following:
      • Purchase orders,
      • Service contracts, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoice;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. Documented policies and procedures to promote physical activity to project users, which must include the following:
    • Identifying and assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan;
    • Identifying the strategies for the promotion of physical activity, which should include the following information:
      • Schedule for regular activities for promoting the active design features of the project, and encouraging physically active lifestyle to the users; and
      • Resources allocated for the implementation of the program, including personnel requirements and budget.
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures for at least twelve (12) months during he performance period; and
    • Communicating the plan to the building owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users.
  6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
    • Name,
    • Company,
    • Designation,
    • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
    • E-mail address, and
    • Phone numbers.
  7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
    • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
    • Regularly coordinating and monitoring the implementation of the plans with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers; and
    • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign for the program for physical activity with the users, staff, and visitors.
  8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
  9. Report on the effectivity of the program, which should include the following information:
    • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
    • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
    • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
    • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

Back to credit

HW-10 Urban Agriculture

All Stages
All Projects
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified professional in planning and implementing urban agriculture strategies in the project.
  2. Design permanent growing areas for vegetables and food-bearing plants and storage facilities for equipment and tools in the project accessible by the project users. The growing area must have the following:
    • At least three (3) different types of vegetables and food-bearing plants native to the Philippines.
    • Total planting area with a minimum size of either of the following:
      • At least five percent (5%) of the project’s vegetated area but not less than 25 m2; or
      • At least fifteen percent (15%) of the rooftop surface area but not less than 20 m2. Functional and usable spaces, such as helipads, recreational courts, and areas covered by equipment and solar panels are excluded from the calculations.
  3. Establish a local food production plan for the project for the continuous production and maintenance of the growing areas for food production during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project team must:

  1. Implement the permanent growing areas for vegetables and food-bearing plants and the storage facilities for equipment and tools in the project accessible by the project users.
  2. Plant at least three (3) different types of vegetables and food-bearing plants native to the Philippines in the growing areas.
  3. Establish a local food production plan for the project for the continuous production and maintenance of the growing areas for food production during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified professional in planning and implementing urban agriculture strategies in the project.
  2. Establish permanent growing areas for vegetables and food-bearing plants and storage facilities for equipment and tools in the project accessible by the project users. The growing area must have the following:
    • At least three (3) different types of vegetables and food-bearing plants native to the Philippines.
    • Total planting area with a minimum size of either of the following:
      • At least five percent (5%) of the project’s vegetated area but not less than 25 m2; or
      • At least fifteen percent (15%) of the rooftop surface area but not less than 20 m2. Functional and usable spaces, such as helipads, recreational courts, and areas covered by equipment and solar panels are excluded from the calculations.
  3. Establish a local food production plan for the project for the continuous production and maintenance of the growing areas for food production during operations.
  4. Implement the local food production plan. The implementation of the plan must include:
    • Assignment of the roles who will be responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Regular communications for users on the policies and procedures for the use of the growing areas and the benefits of local food production; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the program.
  5. Evaluate the effectivity of the plans. The project team must:
    • Review if the program was successfully implemented;
    • Present the challenges encountered in the planning and implementation of the local food production plan;
    • Present the corrective actions taken during the performance period; and
    • Identify actions to improve the program.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that the total planting area is".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that the total planting area is:
3 points
  • Ten percent (10%) or more of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area; or
  • Twenty percent (20%) or more of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
2 points
  • Seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area; or
  • Seventeen percent (17%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
1 point
  • Five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area; or
  • Fifteen percent (15%) to less than seventeen percent (<17%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that the total planting area is".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that the total planting area is:
3 points
  • Ten percent (10%) or more of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area; or
  • Twenty percent (20%) or more of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
2 points
  • Seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area; or
  • Seventeen percent (17%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
1 point
  • Five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area; or
  • Fifteen percent (15%) to less than seventeen percent (<17%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

3 January 2022, v4.2.0

Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that the total planting area is".

The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that the total planting area is:
3 points
  • Ten percent (10%) or more of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area; or
  • Twenty percent (20%) or more of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
  • 2 points
  • Seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area; or
  • Seventeen percent (17%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
  • 1 point
  • Five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area; or
  • Fifteen percent (15%) to less than seventeen percent (<17%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
  • Back to credit

    Compliance Notes

    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Qualifications of the professional in planning and implementing urban agriculture strategies;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional; and
      • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
    2. Report on the calculation for the size of the permanent growing area for the project, which must include:
      • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
        • Total lot area in m2, or
        • Total usable roof surface in m2;
      • Area of the growing areas for vegetables and food-bearing plants in m2.
    3. Plans reflecting the following information:
      • Location of:
        • Growing areas,
        • Different types of native vegetables and food-bearing plants in the growing areas, and
        • Storage facility for equipment and tools;
      • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
        • Total lot area in m2, or
        • Total usable roof surface in m2;
      • Area of the growing areas for vegetables and food-bearing plants in m2; and
      • Access to the growing areas and storage for the project users.
    4. Specifications reflecting the following information:
      • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
        • Total lot area in m2, or
        • Total usable roof surface in m2;
      • Total area in m2 of the:
        • Growing areas, and
        • Storage facility for equipment and tools;
      • Irrigation system;
      • Soil conditions; and
      • Types of native vegetables and food-bearing plants for the project.
    5. Local food production plan for the project for the continuous production and maintenance of the growing areas for food production during operations. The plan should include policies and procedures for the following:
      • Identifying and assigning roles and responsibilities for the continuous operations and maintenance of the food production;
      • Identifying the types of native vegetables and food-bearing plants for the project;
      • Planning and implementing the methodology in nurturing, harvesting, and continuous production of the different types of vegetables and food-bearing plants for the project; and
      • Communicating the local food production plan to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and users of the project during operations.
    6. Purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies, and strategies in the design of the local food production for the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Report on the calculation for the size of the permanent growing area for the project, which must include:
      • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
        • Total lot area in m2, or
        • Total usable roof surface in m2;
      • Area of the growing areas for vegetables and food-bearing plants in m2.
    2. As-built plans reflecting the following information:
      • Location of:
        • Growing areas,
        • Different types of native vegetables and food-bearing plants in the growing areas, and
        • Storage facility for equipment and tools;
      • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
        • Total lot area in m2, or
        • Total usable roof surface in m2;
      • Area of the growing areas for vegetables and food-bearing plants in m2; and
      • Access to the growing areas and storage for the project users.
    3. As-built specifications reflecting the following information:
      • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
        • Total lot area in m2, or
        • Total usable roof surface in m2;
      • Total area in m2 of the:
        • Growing areas, and
        • Storage facility for equipment and tools;
      • Irrigation system;
      • Soil conditions; and
      • Types of native vegetables and food-bearing plants for the project.
    4. Local food production plan for the project for the continuous production and maintenance of the growing areas for food production during operations. The plan should include policies and procedures for the following:
      • Identifying and assigning roles and responsibilities for the continuous operations and maintenance of the food production;
      • Identifying the types of native vegetables and food-bearing plants for the project;
      • Planning and implementing the methodology in nurturing, harvesting, and continuous production of the different types of vegetables and food-bearing plants for the project; and
      • Communicating the local food production plan to the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and users of the project during operations.
    5. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Qualifications of the professional in planning and implementing urban agriculture strategies;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional; and
      • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
    2. Local food production plan for the project for the continuous production and maintenance of the growing areas for food production during operations. The plan should include policies and procedures for the following:
      • Identifying and assigning roles and responsibilities for the continuous operations and maintenance of the food production;
      • Identifying the types of native vegetables and food-bearing plants for the project;
      • Planning and implementing the methodology in nurturing, harvesting, and continuous production of the different types of vegetables and food-bearing plants for the project;
      • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures for at least twelve (12) months during he performance period; and
      • Communicating the plan to the building owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers, service providers, and users.
    3. Report on the calculation for the size of the permanent growing area for the project, which must include:
      • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
        • Total lot area in m2, or
        • Total usable roof surface in m2;
      • Area of the growing areas for vegetables and food-bearing plants in m2.
    4. As-built plans reflecting the following information:
      • Location of:
        • Growing areas,
        • Different types of native vegetables and food-bearing plants in the growing areas, and
        • Storage facility for equipment and tools;
      • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
        • Total lot area in m2, or
        • Total usable roof surface in m2;
      • Area of the growing areas for vegetables and food-bearing plants in m2; and
      • Access to the growing areas and storage for the project users.
    5. As-built specifications reflecting the following information:
      • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
        • Total lot area in m2, or
        • Total usable roof surface in m2;
      • Total area in m2 of the:
        • Growing areas, and
        • Storage facility for equipment and tools;
      • Irrigation system;
      • Soil conditions; and
      • Types of native vegetables and food-bearing plants for the project.
    6. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.
    7. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
      • Name,
      • Company,
      • Designation,
      • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
      • E-mail address, and
      • Phone numbers.
    8. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
      • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
      • Regularly coordinating and monitoring the implementation of the plans with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers; and
      • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign for the use of the growing areas and the benefits of local food production with the users, staff, and visitors.
    9. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
    10. Report on the effectivity of the program, which should include the following information:
      • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
      • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
      • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
      • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

    Back to credit

    HW-11 Places of Respite

    All Stages
    All Projects
    Health Facility

    Content

    Purpose and Intent

    This credit aims to:

    Back to credit

    Requirements

    Stage 1 — Design
    Addenda

    29 July 2021, v4.1.0

    Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, removed location must not be within ten (10) meters to comply with Section 5 (d) of Republic Act No. 9211: Tobacco Regulation Act of 2003 which bans smoking in public places including the buildings and premises of public and private hospitals, medical, dental, and optical clinics, health centers, nursing homes, dispensaries and laboratories.

    The project team must demonstrate the provision of places of respite in the design of the project.

    The project team must:

    1. Establish a policy for providing places of respite to the users of the project.
    2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
      • Planning and implementing the provision for places of respite in the project.
      • Provide recommendation to improve the placement of places of respite in the project.
    3. Identify the required area for places of respite in the project. Places of respite must demonstrate the following:
      • An area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
      • Open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
      • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
    4. Establish a plan to determine the areas for places of respite in the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction
    Addenda

    29 July 2021, v4.1.0

    Under Requirements Stage 2 – Construction, changed the requirement from The project team must implement the design of the project reflecting places of respite in the project. The project team must implement the plan to locate places of respite in the project; and evaluate the effects of providing places of respite to the users of the project. to The project team must implement the design for the places of respite in the project, and implement the plan to locate the places of respite in the project.

    The project team must:

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team must demonstrate the management of places of respite in the project and how it continuously provide users with health benefits of the natural environment in the project.

    The project team must.

    1. Establish a policy for providing places of respite to the users of the project. The project team must:
      • Identify the required area for places of respite in the project;
      • Establish the plan to determine the location for places of respite in the project.
    2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
      • Planning and implementing the provision for places of respite in the project.
      • Provide recommendation to improve the placement of places of respite in the project.
    3. Implement the policy to provide places of respite in the project. The implementation of the plan must include:
      • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders;
      • Implementation of the plan.
      • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
      • Regular communications for the project users on the policies and procedures on places of respite.
    4. Evaluate the effectivity of providing places of respite to determine the opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets of the project.

    Back to credit

    Score Distribution

    The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

    All Stages
    The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
    3 points Seven percent (7%) or more of the total gross floor area is designed as places of respite.
    2 points Five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total gross floor area is designed as places of respite.
    1 point Three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total gross floor area is designed as places of respite.

    Back to credit

    Compliance Notes

    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to provide places of respite in the project.
    2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Qualifications of the professional in planning and implementing places of respite;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional; and
      • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
    3. Plans reflecting the following information:
      • Total gross floor area in m2;
      • Location of the places of respite and vegetated open spaces in the project, reflecting the access to natural elements;
      • Total area of the places of respite in m2; and
      • Access of the project users to the places of respite.
    4. Report on the calculations of the places of respite designed for the project, which must include the percentage of the area of the places of respite compared to the total gross floor area.
    5. Purchase orders as proof for the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. As-built plans reflecting the following information:
      • Total gross floor area in m2;
      • Location of the places of respite and vegetated open spaces in the project, reflecting the access to natural elements;
      • Total area of the places of respite in m2; and
      • Access of the project users to the places of respite.
    2. Report on the calculations of the places of respite designed for the project, which must include the percentage of the area of the places of respite compared to the total gross floor area.
    3. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to provide places of respite in the project.
    2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Qualifications of the professional in planning and implementing places of respite;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional; and
      • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
    3. Plans reflecting the following information:
      • Total gross floor area in m2;
      • Location of the places of respite and vegetated open spaces in the project, reflecting the access to natural elements;
      • Total area of the places of respite in m2; and
      • Access of the project users to the places of respite.
    4. Report on the calculations of the places of respite designed for the project, which must include the percentage of the area of the places of respite compared to the total gross floor area.
    5. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.
    6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
      • Name,
      • Company,
      • Designation,
      • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
      • E-mail address, and
      • Phone numbers.
    7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
      • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners;
      • Regularly coordinating and monitoring the implementation of the plans with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers; and
      • Regularly implementing the information and awareness campaign for the use of the places of respite and its benefits to the users, staff, and visitors.
    8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
    9. Report on the effectivity of the program, which should include the following information:
      • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the places of respite to users;
      • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the plans;
      • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
      • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

    Back to credit

    HW-12 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health

    All Stages
    All Projects
    All Occupancies

    Content

    Purpose and Intent

    Addenda

    29 July 2021, v4.1.0

    Under Purpose and Intent, added the intent to go beyond the regulatory requirements to enhance the occupational safety and health in the project.

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Purpose and Intent, changed the word enhance to enhanced. Under Purpose and Intent, changed life-cycle to life cycle for consistency.

    This credit aims to:

    Back to credit

    Requirements

    Stage 1 – Design
    Addenda

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, changed life-cycle to life cycle for consistency.

    The project team must:

    1. Establish a policy on enhancing the occupational safety and health in the project.
    2. Engage qualified OSH professional competent in:
      • Planning and implementing the OSH program to lessen the potential risks and hazards for the project's life cycle;
      • Provide recommendations to improve the OSH program; and
      • Engage the OSH professional for the duration of the building life cycle of the project.
    3. Review the potential risks and hazards for the project's life cycle, which should include:
      • An inventory of risks and hazards in the construction of the project; and
      • The recommended design strategies to eliminate or reduce the risks and hazards for the construction and operations of the project.
    4. Incorporate the recommendations to eliminate or reduce construction, operations and maintenance risks and hazards in the design of the project.
    5. Establish an occupational safety and health program, which must include:
      • Identifying the target impact for improving the OSH, which may include:
        • No disabling injuries or illnesses;
        • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses;
        • Improved coverage for health services; and
        • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs.
      • Establishing medical surveillance, prevention and control, with particular focus on:
        • Early detection and management of occupational and work-related diseases; and
        • Prevention and control of:
          • Human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (HIV/AIDS) compliant with Republic Act No. 9165,
          • Tuberculosis compliant with Executive Order No. 187-03, and
          • Hepatitis B compliant with DOLE Department Advisory 05-2010.
      • Communicating and promoting safety and health to project stakeholders, including:
        • Orienting all workers on occupational safety and health, which must include:
          • Healthy lifestyle,
          • Drug-free workplace compliant with Republic Act No. 9165, and
          • Mental health compliant with Republic Act No. 11036;
        • Continuous training OSH personnel on OSH;
        • Training and educating workers on the policies and procedures for safe workplace, including:
          • Processing work permit systems,
          • Using personal protective equipment (PPE),
        • Providing safety signage;
      • Providing workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
      • Establishing and implementing policies and procedures for construction activity pollution control, including dust control and management;
      • Establishing and implementing a solid waste management system;
      • Establishing roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the plan, which must include:
        • Establishing an OSH Committee for planning and supervising the OSH program; and
        • Engaging OSH personnel for the project;
      • Monitoring and reporting the implementation of the program, which must include:
        • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
        • Establishing and implementing policies and procedures for penalties for violations and prohibited acts;
      • Identifying the costs and establishing budget for the implementation of the OSH program.
    6. Communicate the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders.

    OSH personnel for a project must include:

    1. Certified first-aider recognized by the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE), and
    2. Safety officers.
    3. In addition, if the project is required under a regulation, the OSH personnel for a project must also include:
      • Occupational health nurse,
      • Occupational health dentist, and
      • Occupational health physician.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team must:

    1. Engage qualified and competent OSH personnel for the project. The project team must:
      • Identify the necessary qualifications for each of the OSH personnel;
      • Define the roles and responsibilities of each OSH personnel; and
      • Engage the OSH personnel for the duration of the construction of the project.
    2. Implement the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project.
    3. Implement the OSH program, which must include:
      • Communicating the OSH program to the project stakeholders regularly; and
      • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the OSH program.
    4. Monitor and report all disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    Addenda

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed life-cycle to life cycle for consistency.

    The project team must:

    1. Establish a policy on enhancing the occupational safety and health in the project.
    2. Engage qualified OSH professional competent in:
      • Planning and implementing the OSH program to lessen the potential risks and hazards for the project's life cycle;
      • Provide recommendations to improve the OSH program; and
      • Engage the OSH professional for the duration of the building life cycle of the project.
    3. Review the potential risks and hazards for the project's life cycle, which should include:
      • An inventory of risks and hazards in the:
        • Construction of the project; and
        • Operations and maintenance of the project.
      • The recommended design strategies to eliminate or reduce the risks and hazards for the construction and operations of the project;
    4. Incorporate the recommendations to eliminate or reduce construction, operations and maintenance risks and hazards in the design of the project.
    5. Establish an occupational safety and health program, which must include the following:
      • Identifying the target impact for improving the OSH, which may include:
        • No disabling injuries or illnesses;
        • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses;
        • Improved coverage for health services; and
        • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs.
      • Establishing medical surveillance, prevention and control, with particular focus on:
        • Early detection and management of occupational and work-related diseases; and
        • Prevention and control of:
          • Human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (HIV/AIDS) compliant with Republic Act No. 9165,
          • Tuberculosis compliant with Executive Order No. 187-03, and
          • Hepatitis B compliant with DOLE Department Advisory 05-2010.
      • Communicating and promoting safety and health to project stakeholders, including:
        • Orienting all workers on occupational safety and health, which must include:
          • Healthy lifestyle,
          • Drug-free workplace compliant with Republic Act No. 9165, and
          • Mental health compliant with Republic Act No. 11036;
        • Continuous training OSH personnel on OSH;
        • Training and educating workers on the policies and procedures for safe workplace, including:
          • Processing work permit systems,
          • Using personal protective equipment (PPE),
        • Providing safety signage;
      • Providing workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
      • Establishing and implementing policies and procedures for construction activity pollution control, including dust control and management;
      • Establishing and implementing a solid waste management system;
      • Establishing roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the plan, which must include:
        • Establishing an OSH Committee for planning and supervising the OSH program; and
        • Engaging OSH personnel for the project;
      • Monitoring and reporting the implementation of the program, which must include:
        • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
        • Establishing and implementing policies and procedures for penalties for violations and prohibited acts;
      • Identifying the costs and establishing budget for the implementation of the OSH program.
    6. Communicate the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders.
    7. Implement the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project.
    8. Implement the OSH program, which must include:
      • Communicating the OSH program to the project stakeholders regularly; and
      • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the OSH program.
    9. Monitor and report all disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project.
    10. Evaluate the effectivity of the implemented OSH program.
    11. Determine the opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets for lessening the potential risks and hazards in the project.

    OSH personnel for a project must include:

    1. Certified first-aider recognized by the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE), and
    2. Safety officers.
    3. In addition, if the project is required under a regulation, the OSH personnel for a project must also include:
      • Occupational health nurse,
      • Occupational health dentist, and
      • Occupational health physician.

    Back to credit

    Score Distribution

    The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

    Stage 1 — Design
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "demonstrates" from ”if the project team demonstrates".

    Changed “Plans and specifications reflecting design recommendations that reduces risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project.” to “Provides design recommendations that reduces risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project; Established OSH program; Reviewed the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and provides recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks.”

    Changed “OSH program; Organizational chart for OSH; Communication plan and records” to “Established OSH program; and Reviewed the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and provides recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks.”

    Changed “Report on the review of the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and design recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks.” to ”Reviewed the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and provides design recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks.”

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points
    • Reviewed the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and provides recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks;
    • Established OSH program; and
    • Provided design recommendations that reduces risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project.
    2 points
    • Reviewed the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and provides recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks; and
    • Established OSH program.
    1 point Reviewed the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and provides recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "demonstrates" from ”if the project team demonstrates".

    Changed “as-built plans and specifications reflecting strategies to eliminate or reduce hazards and risks for the operations and maintenance of the project” to “Implemented strategies to eliminate or reduce the risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project; engaged OSH personnel; and monitored disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project.”

    Changed “list of OSH personnel for the project; proof of engagement for each of the OSH personnel” to “engaged OSH personnel; and monitored disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project.”

    Changed “Monitoring reports reflecting a disabling injuries frequency rate and disabling illness frequency rate of less than 0.4 (<0.4); and communication records reflecting projects stakeholders are regularly informed on the OSH program.” to “Monitored disabling injuries and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project.”

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points
    • Monitored disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project;
    • Engaged OSH personnel; and
    • Implemented strategies to eliminate or reduce the risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project.
    2 points
    • Monitored disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project; and
    • Engaged OSH personnel.
    1 point Monitored disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

    Change “as-built plans and specifications reflecting strategies to eliminate or reduce hazards and risks for the operations and maintenance of the project” to “Implemented strategies to eliminate or reduce the risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project; engaged OSH personnel; and monitored disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project”

    Changed “list of OSH personnel for the project; proof of engagement for each of the OSH personnel” to “engaged OSH personnel; and monitored disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project.”

    Changed “Monitoring reports reflecting a disabling injuries frequency rate and disabling illness frequency rate of less than 0.4 (<0.4); and communication records reflecting projects stakeholders are regularly informed on the OSH program.” to “Monitored the disabling injuries and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project.”

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed the text style from bold text to normal text.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points
    • Monitored disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project;
    • Engaged OSH personnel; and
    • Implemented strategies to eliminate or reduce the risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project.
    2 points
    • Monitored disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project;
    • Engaged OSH personnel.
    1 point Monitored disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses in the project.

    Back to credit

    Compliance Notes

    Stage 1 — Design
    Addenda

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, changed the word enhance to enhanced.

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to enhanced the occupational safety and health in the project.
    2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Qualifications of the professional in planning and implementing occupational safety and health programs for the project;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional; and
      • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
    3. Report on the review of risks and hazards in the construction, operation and maintenance of the project, which must include:
      • Risks and hazards identified related to:
        • Construction, and
        • Operations and maintenance;
      • Description of the recommended design strategies to eliminate or reduce identified risks and hazards; and
      • Description on how the design strategies will eliminate or reduce the identified risk or hazards during the construction and operations of the project.
    4. Plans and specifications reflecting how the recommendations were incorporated in the design of the project.
    5. Occupational safety and health program, which must include the policies, procedures and work instructions on the following:
      • Identifying the target impact for improving the OSH, which may include:
        • No disabling injuries or illnesses,
        • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses,
        • Improved coverage for health services, and
        • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs;
      • Establishing medical surveillance, prevention and control, with particular focus on:
        • Early detection and management of occupational and work-related diseases; and
        • Prevention and control of:
          • Human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (HIV/AIDS) compliant with Republic Act No. 9165,
          • Tuberculosis compliant with Executive Order No. 187-03, and
          • Hepatitis B compliant with DOLE Department Advisory 05-2010.
      • Providing workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
      • Construction activity pollution control, including dust control and management;
      • Solid waste management system;
      • Monitoring and reporting the implementation of the program, which must include:
        • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
        • Establishing and implementing policies and procedures for penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
    6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the OSH program, which should include the following information:
      • Name,
      • Company,
      • Designation,
      • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
      • E-mail address, and
      • Phone numbers.
    7. Communication plan on safety and health to project stakeholders, which must include:
      • Agenda for activities for the promotion of OSH to workers, which must include:
        • Healthly lifestyle,
        • Drug-free workplace,
        • Mental health,
        • Procedures for work permit systems, and
        • Use of PPEs;
      • Schedule for the OSH activities;
      • Communication materials for OSH to project stakeholders;
      • Plans and specifications for safety signage, which must reflect:
        • Location of the signage, and
        • Details reflected in the signage.
    8. Communication records reflecting all project stakeholders are effectively informed of the OSH program.
    9. Purchase orders as proof for the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the OSH program, which should include the following information:
      • Name,
      • Company,
      • Designation,
      • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
      • E-mail address, and
      • Phone numbers.
    2. Proof of engagement for each of the OSH personnel, which must include the following information:
      • Qualifications of the professional for OSH;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional; and
      • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
    3. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the strategies implemented to reduce the risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project.
    4. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.
    5. Communication records to all project team members, external contractors, service providers and employees, reflecting the following information:
      • Requirements, policies and procedures for OSH; and
      • Schedules and dates when the information was regularly distributed to project stakeholders.
    6. Monitoring report on the implementation of the OSH program.
    7. Reports on all disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses for the duration of the construction of the project reflecting the following:
      • Disabling injuries frequency rate, and
      • Disabling illnesses frequency rate.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    Addenda

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Compliance Notes Stage 3 – Operations, changed the word enhance to enhanced.

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to enhanced the occupational safety and health in the project.
    2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Qualifications of the professional in planning and implementing occupational safety and health programs for the project;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional; and
      • Period of engagement of the professional for the project.
    3. Report on the review of risks and hazards in the construction, operation and maintenance of the project, which must include:
      • Risks and hazards identified related to:
        • Construction, and
        • Operations and maintenance;
      • Description of the recommended design strategies to eliminate or reduce identified risks and hazards; and
      • Description on how the design strategies will eliminate or reduce the identified risk or hazards during the construction and operations of the project.
    4. As-built plans and specifications reflecting how the recommendations were incorporated in the design of the project.
    5. Occupational safety and health program, which must include the policies, procedures and work instructions on the following:
      • Identifying the target impact for improving the OSH, which may include:
        • No disabling injuries or illnesses,
        • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses,
        • Improved coverage for health services, and
        • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs;
      • Establishing medical surveillance, prevention and control, with particular focus on:
        • Early detection and management of occupational and work*related diseases; and
        • Prevention and control of:
          • Human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (HIV/AIDS) compliant with Republic Act No. 9165,
          • Tuberculosis compliant with Executive Order No. 187-03, and
          • Hepatitis B compliant with DOLE Department Advisory 05-2010.
      • Providing workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
      • Construction activity pollution control, including dust control and management;
      • Solid waste management system;
      • Monitoring and reporting the implementation of the program, which must include:
        • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
        • Establishing and implementing policies and procedures for penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
    6. Communication plan on safety and health to project stakeholders, which must include:
      • Agenda for activities for the promotion of OSH to workers, which must include:
        • Healthly lifestyle,
        • Drug-free workplace,
        • Mental health,
        • Procedures for work permit systems, and
        • Use of PPEs;
      • Schedule for the OSH activities;
      • Communication materials for OSH to project stakeholders;
      • Plans and specifications for safety signage, which must reflect:
        • Location of the signage, and
        • Details reflected in the signage.
    7. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.
    8. Communication records to all project team members, external contractors, service providers and employees, reflecting the following information:
      • Requirements, policies and procedures for OSH; and
      • Schedules and dates when the information was regularly distributed to project stakeholders.
    9. Monitoring report on the implementation of the OSH program.
    10. Reports on all disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses for the duration of the construction of the project reflecting the following:
      • Disabling injuries frequency rate, and
      • Disabling illnesses frequency rate.
    11. Report on the effectivity of the program, which should include the following information:
      • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
      • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
      • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
      • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

    Back to credit

    Emissions

    Addenda

    29 July 2021, v4.1.0

    Changed purpose and intent from Emissions category promotes accounting and managing the emissions of a project to contribute to reducing the impact of the project on ambient air challenges. to Emissions category focuses on identifying, planning, and managing towards the reduction of emissions in a project and its contribution to global warming and climate change.

    Emissions category focuses on identifying, planning, and managing towards the reduction of emissions in a project and its contribution to global warming and climate change.

    No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
    EM-01 Greenhouse Gas Inventory All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
    EM-02 Refrigerants All Stages All Projects All Occupancies

    EM-01 Greenhouse Gas Inventory

    All Stages
    All Projects
    All Occupancies

    Content

    Purpose and Intent

    This credit aims to:

    Back to credit

    Requirements

    Resources

    References

    • WorldGBC's Net Zero Carbon Buildings Commitment (Scope 1 and 2)
    • WorldGBC's Bringing Embodied Carbon Upfront (Scope 3)
    • UKGBC's Scope 3 Guidance
    • Science Based Targets Sector Decarbonisation Approach (SDA) (Scope 1 to 3)
    • GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (Scope 1 and 2)
    • GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance
    • GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard
    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team must demonstrate the inventory of GHG emissions of the project.

    The project team must:

    1. Identify the methodology for GHG inventory for the project.
    2. Conduct the GHG inventory for the project, which must include:
      • Methodology of the GHG inventory, which must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
      • Outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
      • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
    3. Record the implementation of the inventory.
    List of greenhouse gases required in inventories:

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team must:

    1. Identify the methodology for greenhouse gas inventory for the project.
    2. Conduct the greenhouse gas inventory for the project, which must include:
      • Methodology of the GHG inventory, which must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
      • Outcomes of the GHG inventory;
      • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project; and
      • Actions taken to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
    3. Record the implementation of the inventory.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team must:

    1. Identify the methodology for GHG inventory for the project.
    2. Conduct the GHG inventory for the project, which must include:
      • Methodology of the GHG inventory, which must be an inventory of the GHG emissions of the project for at least twelve (12) months before implementing BERDE;
      • Outcomes of the GHG inventory;
      • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project; and
      • Actions taken to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
    3. Record the implementation of the inventory.

    Back to credit

    Score Distribution

    The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

    Stage 1 — Design
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

    Added "submitted" to "report on the recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions for the project.".

    Changed "the project exhibit" to "demonstrates".

    Added the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points
    • Submitted a report on the recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions for the project;
    • Demonstrated its compliance with all the requirements.
    2 points Demonstrated its compliance with all the requirements.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

    Added "submits" to "report on the recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions for the project.".

    Changed "the project exhibit" to "demonstrates".

    Changed "point" to "points".

    Added the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points
    • Submitted a report on the implementation of the recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions for the project;
    • Demonstrated its compliance with all the requirements.
    2 points Demonstrated compliance with all the requirements.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

    Added "submits" to "report on the recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions for the project.".

    Changed "the project exhibit" to "demonstrates".

    Changed "point" to "points".

    Added the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points
    • Submitted a report on the implementation of the recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions for the project;
    • Demonstrated its compliance with all the requirements.
    2 points Demonstrated compliance with all the requirements.

    Back to credit

    Compliance Notes

    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Report on the conduct of the GHG inventory for the project, which must include the following:
      • Methodology of the GHG inventory, which must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
      • Outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
      • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
    2. Plans and specifications reflecting how recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions were incorporated in the design of the project.
    3. Purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Report on the conduct of the GHG inventory for the project, which must include the following:
      • Methodology of the GHG inventory, which must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
      • Outcomes of the GHG inventory;
      • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project; and
      • Actions taken to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
    2. As-built plans and specifications reflecting how recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions were incorporated in the design of the project.
    3. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Report on the conduct of the GHG inventory for the project, which must include the following:
      • Methodology of the GHG inventory, which must be an inventory of the GHG emissions of the project for at least twelve (12) months before implementing BERDE;
      • Outcomes of the GHG inventory;
      • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project; and
      • Actions taken to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
    2. As-built plans and specifications reflecting how recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions were incorporated in the design of the project.
    3. Documented policies and procedures reflecting how recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions were incorporated in the operations of the project.
    4. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.

    Back to credit

    EM-02 Refrigerants

    All Stages
    All Projects
    All Occupancies

    Content

    Purpose and Intent

    This credit aims to:

    Back to credit

    Requirements

    Stage 1 — Design
    Refrigerant Using Projects

    If the project will use refrigerants, the project team must:

    1. Identify refrigerants for the project that have no ozone depleting substances (ODS).
    2. Specify the use of non-ODS refrigerants in the project.
    3. Establish strategies to monitor, detect and resolve refrigerant leakages.
    Non-Refrigerant Using Projects

    If the project will not use refrigerants, the project team must confirm the absence of refrigerants in the design of the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction
    Refrigerant Using Projects

    If the project will use refrigerants, the project team must:

    1. Use non-ODS refrigerants in the project.
    2. Continuously monitor, detect and resolve refrigerant leakages.
    Non-Refrigerant Using Projects

    If the project will not use refrigerants, the project team must confirm the absence of refrigerants in the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team must:

    1. Establish a policy for the use of refrigerants with the least environmental impact in the project.
    2. Evaluate the use of refrigerants in the project, which must include the following:
      • Reviewing the type of refrigerant used in the project;
      • Reviewing existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices in managing refrigerants in the project;
      • Identifying issues and requirements in the use of refrigerants in the project; and
      • Recommending improvements for managing refrigerants in the project.
    3. Establish a plan to operationalize the policy on the use of refrigerants, which must include the following:
      • Establishing a procurement policy and procedure to use non-ODS and low global warming potential (GWP) refrigerants;
      • Establishing a maintenance policy and procedure for the management of the refrigerants;
      • Communicating the plan to the project stakeholders;
      • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the plan; and
      • Establishing policies and procedures to monitor, detect and resolve refrigerant leakages.
    4. Implement the plan, which must include the following:
      • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the plan to the project stakeholders;
      • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders; and
      • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures.
    5. Assess the effectivity of the plan, which must include the following:
      • Evaluating the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
      • Reporting the challenges encountered in the implementation of the plan and actions taken to prevent or resolve the issues; and
      • Identifying opportunities to further improve the management of refrigerants in the project.

    Back to credit

    Score Distribution

    The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

    Stage 1 — Design
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

    Added "submitted" to "evidence that the system does not require the use of refrigerants, if the project will not use refrigerants".

    Added "specified" to "non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants for the project, if the project will use refrigerants".

    Added "specified" to "non-ODS refrigerant for the project, if the project will use refrigerants".

    Changed "the project exhibits its" to "demonstrated."

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points Submitted evidence that the system does not require the use of refrigerants, if the project will not use refrigerants.
    3 points Specified non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants for the project, if the project will use refrigerants.
    2 points Specified non-ODS refrigerants for the project, if the project will use refrigerants.
    1 point Demonstrated compliance with all the requirements of using refrigerants.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

    Added "submitted" to "evidence that the system does not require the use of refrigerants, if the project will not use refrigerants".

    Added "specified" to "non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants for the project, if the project will use refrigerants".

    Added "specified" to "non-ODS refrigerant for the project, if the project will use refrigerants".

    Removed "the project" from "the project exhibits its compliance with all the requirements of using refrigerants."

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points Submitted evidence that the system does not require the use of refrigerants in their HVAC and Cooling systems for projects not using refrigerants.
    3 points
    • Specified non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants are specified for the project, if the project will use refrigerants.; and
    • Implemented the leak detection system documentation, including as-built plans and specifications, purchase and installation records, and policies and procedures for managing refrigerant leakages.
    2 points
    • Specified non-ODS refrigerants are specified for the project, if the project will use refrigerants.; and
    • Implemented the leak detection system documentation, including as-built plans and specifications, purchase and installation records, and policies and procedures for managing refrigerant leakages.
    1 point Specified non-ODS refrigerants for the project if the project will use refrigerants.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates".

    Added "submitted" to "evidence that the system does not require and is operated without the use of refrigerants in their HVAC and Cooling systems for projects not using refrigerants".

    Added "submitted" to "purchase and installation documentation of the non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants, and implementation of the leak detection system if the project is using refrigerant in the HVAC and Cooling system".

    Added "submitted" to "purchase and installation documentation of the non-ODS refrigerants, and implementation of the leak detection system if the project is using refrigerant in the HVAC and Cooling systems".

    Added "submitted" to "purchase and installation documentation of the non-ODS refrigerants if the project is using refrigerant in the HVAC and Cooling systems."

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points Submitted evidence that the system does not require and is operated without the use of refrigerants in their HVAC and Cooling systems for projects not using refrigerants.
    3 points Submitted purchase and installation documentation of the non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants, and implementation of the leak detection system if the project is using refrigerant in the HVAC and Cooling system.
    2 points Submitted purchase and installation documentation of the non-ODS refrigerants, and implementation of the leak detection system if the project is using refrigerant in the HVAC and Cooling systems.
    1 point Submitted purchase and installation documentation of the non-ODS refrigerants if the project is using refrigerant in the HVAC and Cooling systems.

    Back to credit

    Compliance Notes

    Stage 1 — Design
    Projects Using Refrigerants

    If the project will use refrigerants, the project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policies and procedures on the use of refrigerants with the least environmental impact, which must include the following:
      • Specifying non-ODS refrigerants for the HVAC and refrigeration systems in the project;
      • Communicating the policies and procedures to the building owner, building manager, project team, external contractors, and suppliers; and
      • Monitoring the use of refrigerants in the project.
    2. Commissioning plan reflecting the requirements for commission the HVAC and refrigeration systems in the project.
    3. Plans, specifications, and material safety data sheet reflecting the following:
      • HVAC and refrigeration systems using refrigerants in the project; and
      • Type of refrigerants specified for the identified systems.
    4. Documentation of the strategies to monitor, detect and resolve refrigerant leakages, which must include:
      • Plans and specifications of the leak detection system in the design of the project;
      • Documented policies and procedures for managing refrigerant leakages, which must include the following:
        • Monitoring, detecting, and reporting refrigerant leakages;
        • Resolving identified refrigerant leakages;
        • Assigning roles and responsibilities to the building owner, building manager, project team, external contractors, and suppliers for managing refrigerant leakages; and
        • Communicating the policies and procedures to the building owner, building manager, project team, external contractors, and suppliers.
    5. Purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.
    Project Not Using Refrigerants

    If the project will not use refrigerants, the project team should submit plans and specifications for the HVAC and cooling systems for the project as evidence that the system does not require the use of refrigerants.

    Tenants

    If refrigerants are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team is responsible for the following:

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction
    Projects Using Refrigerants

    If the project is using refrigerants, the project team should submit the following:

    1. As-built plans, specifications, and material safety data sheet reflecting the following:
      • HVAC and cooling systems using refrigerants installed the project;
      • Type of refrigerants used for the identified systems; and
      • Leak detection system for the project.
    2. Commissioning report confirming the type of refrigerant used in the project and the testing of the leak detection system in the project.
    3. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.
    4. Documented policies and procedures for managing refrigerant leakages, which must include:
      • Monitoring, detecting, and reporting refrigerant leakages;
      • Resolving identified refrigerant leakages;
      • Assigning roles and responsibilities to the building owner, building manager, project team, external contractors, and suppliers for managing refrigerant leakages; and
      • Communicating the policies and procedures to the building owner, building manager, project team, external contractors, and suppliers.
    Projects Not Using Refrigerants

    If the project is not using refrigerants, the project team should submit as-built plans and specifications for the HVAC and cooling systems for the project as evidence that the system does not require the use of refrigerants.

    Tenants

    If the management of refrigerants is centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team is responsible for the following:

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    Projects using Refrigerants

    The project team should submit thw following:

    1. Documented policies and procedures on the use of refrigerants with the least environmental impact, which must include the following:
      • Specifying non-ODS refrigerants for the HVAC and refrigeration systems in the project;
      • Communicating the policies and procedures to the building owner, building manager, project team, external contractors, and suppliers; and
      • Monitoring the use of refrigerants in the project.
    2. Report on the evaluation of the use of refrigerants in the project, which must include:
      • Review of existing policies, procedures and strategies for refrigerants of the project;
      • Issues and requirements of users for refrigerants; and
      • Recommendations to improve the management of refrigerants in the project.
    3. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following:
      • HVAC and cooling systems using refrigerants installed the project;
      • Type of refrigerants used for the identified systems; and
      • Leak detection system for the project.
    4. Documented policies and procedures for managing refrigerant leakages, which must include:
      • Monitoring, detecting, and reporting refrigerant leakages;
      • Resolving identified refrigerant leakages;
      • Assigning roles and responsibilities to the building owner, building manager, project team, external contractors, and suppliers for managing refrigerant leakages; and
      • Communicating the policies and procedures to the building owner, building manager, project team, external contractors, and suppliers.
    5. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.
    6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
      • Name,
      • Company,
      • Designation,
      • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
      • E-mail address, and
      • Phone numbers.
    7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
      • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners; and
      • Regularly coordinating and monitoring the implementation of the policies and procedures with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers.
    8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
    9. Report on the effectivity of the plans, which should include the following information:
      • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
      • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
      • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
      • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.
    Projects Not Using Refrigerants

    If the project is not using refrigerants, the project team should submit as-built plans and specifications for the HVAC and cooling systems for the project as evidence that the system does not require the use of refrigerants.

    Tenants If the refrigerants are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team is responsible for the following:

    Back to credit

    Community Engagement

    Community Engagement category focuses on actively involving the community in addressing their socio-economic needs and improving their resilience. This category also recognizes the project's contribution in creating a distinct identity for the project. In addition, this category also recognizes green building features as a contribution to public good.

    No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
    CE-01 Community Facility All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
    CE-02 Filipino Art All Stages All Projects All Occupancies

    CE-01 Community Facility

    All Stages
    All Projects
    All Occupancies

    Content

    Purpose and Intent

    This credit aims to:

    Back to credit

    Requirements

    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team must:

    1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to build and maintain a community facility in the project.
    2. Identify and engage potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the community facility.
    3. Consult the representative stakeholders of the beneficiary community or community organizations to discuss:
      • Background of the project,
      • Sustainability targets and green building features of the project,
      • Objective of the community facility, and
      • Needs of the stakeholders, including potential uses of the facility;
    4. Design or designate a community facility in the project. The community facility must be:
      • 0.5% or more of the TGFA of the project but must be at least 50 m2 floor area;
      • For shared use of the beneficiary community or community organizations;
      • Used for non-commercial events or activities for public or social benefit; and
      • Used free-of-charge by the beneficiary community or community organization.

    Educational For educational projects, the project team must:

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team must construct the community facility.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    Addenda

    29 July 2021, v4.1.0

    Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed the requirement from implement the sustainable landscape management to implement the program.

    The project team must:

    1. Evaluate existing programs in engaging the community and community organizations in the project.
    2. Establish a program to provide for a community facility in the project. The program must include the following:
      • Commitment of the project owner to build and maintain a community facility in the project.
      • Identifying and engaging potential beneficiary community or partner community organizations for the community facility.
      • Consulting the representative stakeholders of the beneficiary community or community organizations to discuss:
        • Background of the project,
        • Sustainability targets and green building features of the project,
        • Objective of the community facility, and
        • Needs of the stakeholders, including potential uses of the facility;
      • Designing or designating a community facility in the project. The community facility must be:
        • 0.5% or more of the TGFA of the project but must be at least 50 m2 floor area;
        • For shared use of the beneficiary community or community organizations;
        • Used for non-commercial events or activities for public or social benefit; and
        • Used free-of-charge by the beneficiary community or community organization.
    3. Implement the program, which must include the following:
      • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program;
      • Constructing or designating the community facility in the project. If the project will be designating an existing space within the project as a community facility, the project team must ensure that the space conforms with the same design requirements for the facility.
      • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
      • Regular communications for the project users on the implementation of the program in the project.
    4. Evaluate the effectivity of the implementation of the program in the operations of the project. The project team must:
      • Review if the program was successfully implemented;
      • Present the challenges encountered in planning and implementing the program; and
      • Identify actions to further improve the community engagement and the use of the community facility in the project.

    Educational For educational projects, the project team must:

    Back to credit

    Score Distribution

    The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

    Stage 1 — Design
    The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
    1 point Design of the community facility in the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction
    The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
    1 point Construction of the community facility in the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
    1 point Planning and implementation of the community facility and engagement of beneficiary communities and community organizations in the use of the community facility.

    Back to credit

    Compliance Notes

    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to build and maintain a community facility in the project.
    2. Proof of engagement with beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the use of the community facility, which should include the following information:
      • Name of the organization,
      • Contact information,
      • Agreement to use the community facility free-of-charge for non-commercial events or activities, and
      • Period of engagement with the beneficiary communities or partner organizations.
    3. Report on the conducted stakeholder consultations, which must include:
      • Attendance list,
      • Agenda of the consultation,
      • Proceedings of the consultation,
      • Recommendations from the stakeholders, and
      • Photographs.
    4. Plans and specifications reflecting the following:
      • Design of the community facility,
      • Location of the community facility, and
      • Size of the community facility in m2.
    5. Documented policies and procedures for the use of the community facility.
    6. Purchase orders as proof of the intent to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies in the design of the project.

    Educational

    For educational projects, if the project will be extending the use of school facilities for the beneficiary communities or partner community organization, the project team should also submit:

    1. Plans reflecting the following:
      • Design of the school facility,
      • Use of the school facility, which may include:
        • Auditorium,
        • Gymnasium,
        • Classrooms,
        • Playing fields and stadiums, and
        • Parking;
      • Size of the school facilities for shared use in m2.
    2. Proof of engagement with the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations must reflect the following:
      • Agreement allowing the shared use of the selected school facilities with the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations;
      • Period of engagement for the use of the shared spaces; and
      • Policies and procedures for the use of the shared spaces.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following:
      • Design of the community facility,
      • Location of the community facility, and
      • Size of the community facility in m2.
    2. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Report on the review of existing programs in engaging community and community organizations of the project.
    2. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to build and maintain a community facility in the project.
    3. Proof of engagement with beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the use of the community facility, which should include the following information:
      • Name of the organization,
      • Contact information,
      • Agreement to use the community facility free-of-charge for non-commercial events or activities, and
      • Period of engagement with the beneficiary communities or partner organizations.
    4. Report on the conducted stakeholder consultations, which must include:
      • Attendance list,
      • Agenda of the consultation,
      • Proceedings of the consultation,
      • Recommendations from the stakeholders, and
      • Photographs.
    5. As-built plans and specifications reflecting the following:
      • Design of the community facility,
      • Location of the community facility, and
      • Size of the community facility in m2.
    6. Procurement and implementation documentation reflecting the strategies implemented in the project, which must include the following:
      • Purchase records, which must include the following:
        • Purchase orders,
        • Service contracts, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoice;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs.
    7. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
      • Name,
      • Company,
      • Designation,
      • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
      • E-mail address, and
      • Phone numbers.
    8. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
      • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners; and
      • Regularly coordinating and monitoring the implementation of the policies and procedures with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers.
    9. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
    10. Report on the effectivity of the plans, which should include the following information:
      • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
      • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
      • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
      • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

    Back to credit

    CE-02 Filipino Art

    All Stages
    All Projects
    All Occupancies

    Content

    Purpose and Intent

    This credit aims to:

    Back to credit

    Requirements

    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team must:

    1. Procure artworks crafted by local Filipino artists.
      • The artwork must:
        • Promote positive Filipino values, and
        • Highlight Filipino heritage and culture.
      • The artwork must be:
        • Directly connected to the building,
        • Permanently installed,
        • Properly labelled, and
        • Accessible and visible to users and visitors.
      • If the project will use an on-loan artworks from Filipino artists, the project team must submit documentation that reflects the period of engagement for the use of the artwork. The engagement period must be at least five (5) years from the start of the operations of the project.
    2. Establish policies and procedures in the maintenance of the artwork.
    3. Establish a program to promote the artwork during the project's operations.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team must install the artwork.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team must:

    1. Establish a program to promote the Filipino culture and heritage through artworks in the project. The program must include the following:
      • Procurement and installation of artworks crafted by local Filipino artists.
        • The artwork must:
          • Promote positive Filipino values, and
          • Highlight Filipino heritage and culture;
        • The artwork must be:
          • Directly connected to the building;
          • Permanently installed;
          • Properly labelled; and
          • Accessible and visible to users and visitors.
        • If the project will use an on-loan artworks from Filipino artists, the project team must submit documentation that reflects the period of engagement of the artwork for the project for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period of the project.
      • Establishment of policies and procedures for the proper maintenance of the artwork.
      • Information campaign on the promotion of Filipino heritage and culture and the promotion of the features Filipino artworks in the project.
    2. Implement the Filipino culture and heritage program, which must include the following:
      • Assigning the roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program;
      • Installing the artwork in the project;
      • Implementing the information campaign and promotion of the featured artworks;
      • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
      • Regular communications for the project users on the implementation of the program in the project.
    3. Evaluate the effectivity of the implementation of the program in the operations of the project. The project team must:
      • Review if the program was successfully implemented;
      • Present the challenges encountered in planning and implementing the program; and
      • Identify actions to further improve the promotion of Filipino heritage and culture in the project.

    Back to credit

    Score Distribution

    The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

    Stage 1 — Design
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates". Changed "establishment of" to "established". Changed "installation of" to "installed". Add the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points
    • Established a program to promote the artworks during the project's operations;
    • Established documented policies and procedures for the maintenance of the artworks; and
    • Procured artworks crafted by Filipino artists for the project.
    2 points
    • Established documented policies and procedures for the maintenance of the artworks; and
    • Procured artworks crafted by Filipino artists for the project.
    1 point Procured artworks crafted by Filipino artists for the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates". Changed "establishment of" to "established". Changed "installation of" to "installed". Added the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points
    • Established a program to promote the artworks during the project's operations;
    • Established documented policies and procedures for the maintenance of the artworks; and
    • Installed artworks crafted by Filipino artists for the project.
    2 points
    • Established documented policies and procedures for the maintenance of the artworks; and
    • Installed artworks crafted by Filipino artists for the project.
    1 point Installed artworks crafted by Filipino artists in the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, removed "demonstrates" from "if the project team demonstrates". Changed "implementation" to "implemented". Changed "procurement and installation" to "procured and installed". Added the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team:
    3 points
    • Implemented the program to promote Filipino heritage and culture, and the featured artworks to the users;
    • Implemented the documented policies and procedures for the maintenance of the artworks; and
    • Procured and installed of artworks crafted by Filipino artists in the project.
    2 points
    • Implemented the documented policies and procedures for the maintenance of the artworks; and
    • Procured and installed of artworks crafted by Filipino artists in the project.
    1 point Procured and installed of artworks crafted by Filipino artists in the project.

    Back to credit

    Compliance Notes

    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Concept notes of the identified artworks, which must reflect local Filipino heritage and culture.
    2. Proof of procurement of the artworks, which should include:
      • Communication records between the project team and artists on the procurement of the artworks; and
      • Service contract or purchase order.
    3. Plans reflecting the following:
      • Location of the following:
        • Artworks, and
        • Markers or labels;
      • Marker or label for the artworks, which must include the following information:
        • Name of the artwork;
        • Name of the artist;
        • Medium used; and
        • Description of the concept.
      • Access of the public to the artworks, and
      • Installation methodology.
    4. Specifications reflecting the following:
      • Installation methodology of the artworks; and
      • Marker or label for the artworks, which must include the following information:
        • Name of the artwork;
        • Name of the artist;
        • Medium used; and
        • Description of the concept.
    5. Documented policies and procedures for the maintenance of the artworks, which must include;
      • Plan for routine maintenance of the artwork; and
      • Timeline for routine maintenance of the artwork.
    6. Program for the promotion of the artworks, which should include the following information:
      • Schedule for regular activities to feature the artworks and promote Filipino heritage and culture; and
      • Resources allocated for the implementation of the program.

    If the project will use an on-loan artworks from Filipino artists, the project team should also submit proof of engagement with the Filipino artist reflecting the period of engagement for the use of the artwork. The engagement period must be at least five (5) years from the start of the operations of the project.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. As-built plans reflecting the following:
      • Location of the following:
        • Artworks, and
        • Markers or labels;
      • Marker or label for the artworks, which must include the following information:
        • Name of the artwork;
        • Name of the artist;
        • Medium used; and
        • Description of the concept.
      • Access of the public to the artworks, and
      • Installation methodology.
    2. Specifications reflecting the following:
      • Installation methodology of the artworks; and
      • Marker or label for the artworks, which must include the following information:
        • Name of the artwork;
        • Name of the artist;
        • Medium used; and
        • Description of the concept.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Concept notes of the identified artworks, which must reflect local Filipino heritage and culture.
    2. Proof of procurement of the artworks, which should include:
      • Communication records between the project team and artists on the procurement of the artworks; and
      • Service contract or purchase order.
    3. As-built plans reflecting the following:
      • Location of the following:
        • Artworks, and
        • Markers or labels;
      • Marker or label for the artworks, which must include the following information:
        • Name of the artwork;
        • Name of the artist;
        • Medium used; and
        • Description of the concept.
      • Access of the public to the artworks, and
      • Installation methodology.
    4. As-built specifications reflecting the following:
      • Installation methodology of the artworks; and
      • Marker or label for the artworks, which must include the following information:
        • Name of the artwork;
        • Name of the artist;
        • Medium used; and
        • Description of the concept.
    5. Documented policies and procedures for the maintenance of the artworks, which must include;
      • Plan for routine maintenance of the artwork; and
      • Timeline for routine maintenance of the artwork.
    6. Program for the promotion of the artworks, which should include the following information:
      • Schedule for regular activities to feature the artworks and promote Filipino heritage and culture; and
      • Resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
    7. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
      • Name,
      • Company,
      • Designation,
      • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
      • E-mail address, and
      • Phone numbers.
    8. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
      • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners; and
      • Regularly coordinating and monitoring the implementation of the policies and procedures with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers.
    9. Monitoring report on the implementation of the policies and procedures.
    10. Report on the effectivity of the plans, which should include the following information:
      • Outcomes of the evaluation of the effectivity of the policies and procedures;
      • Challenges encountered in the implementation of the policies and procedures;
      • Corrective actions implemented to prevent or resolve the issues during the performance period; and
      • Recommendations to improve the strategies and performance of the project.

    If the project will use an on-loan artworks from Filipino artists, the project team should also submit proof of engagement with the Filipino artist reflecting the period of engagement for the use of the artwork. The engagement period must be at least three (3) years from the start of the operations of the project.

    Back to credit

    Economic Opportunity

    Economic Opportunity category focuses on creating green jobs and supporting local businesses and individuals to stimulate and strengthen the local economy within the project.

    No. Credit Name Certification stage Project type Occupancy type
    EO-01 Green Jobs All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
    EO-02 Local Labor All Stages All Projects All Occupancies
    EO-03 Women Empowerment All Stages All Projects All Occupancies

    EO-01 Green Jobs

    All Stages
    All Projects
    All Occupancies

    Content

    Purpose and Intent

    This credit aims to:

    Back to credit

    Requirements

    Stage 1 — Design
    Addenda

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, changed the spelling of timeframe to time frame.

    The project team must create employment opportunities for the users of the project. The project team must:

    1. Establish a policy for increasing green job opportunities within the project.
    2. Engage a qualified professional who is competent in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities with the project; and
      • Planning and implementing strategies for creating green job opportunities for the user of the project.
    3. Conduct an assessment of the employment opportunities within the project.
    4. Develop a plan to increase the green job opportunities within the project, which include:
      • Identifying strategies to increase green job opportunities within the project;
      • Establishing policies and procedures to effectively implement the strategies;
      • Providing the time frame for the implementation of the plan;
      • Establishing the methodology for monitoring and evaluating the implementation of the plan;
      • Defining and assigning the roles and responsibilities of the project stakeholders during the implementation of the plan; and
      • Communicating the plan to the project stakeholders.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team must demonstrate the implementation of the design of the project reflecting the support to a greener economy by creating and prioritizing green jobs in the project. The project team must:

    1. Implement the plan that ensures the increase of green job opportunities for the users of the project.
    2. Monitor and record the progress of the implemented strategies.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    Addenda

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed the spelling of timeframe to time frame.

    The project team must demonstrate the management of the strategies in creating employment opportunities for the users of the project and support a greener economy by prioritizing green jobs.

    The project team must:

    1. Establish a policy for increasing green job opportunities within the project.
    2. Engage a qualified professional who is competent in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities with the project; and
      • Planning and implementing strategies for creating green job opportunities for the user of the project.
    3. Conduct an assessment of the employment opportunities within the project.
    4. Develop a plan to increase the green job opportunities within the project, which include:
      • Identifying strategies to increase green job opportunities within the project;
      • Establishing policies and procedures to effectively implement the strategies;
      • Providing the time frame for the implementation of the plan;
      • Establishing the methodology for monitoring and evaluating the implementation of the plan;
      • Defining and assigning the roles and responsibilities of the project stakeholders during the implementation of the plan; and
      • Communicating the plan to the project stakeholders.
    5. Monitor the progress of the implemented strategies in line with the established goals and performance targets for increasing green job opportunities in the project.
    6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented plan.
    7. Determine opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets for increasing green job opportunities.

    Back to credit

    Score Distribution

    The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

    Stage 1 — Design
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

    Removed “report reflecting”.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
    3 points Forty percent (40%) or more of the employment opportunities in the design of the project are green jobs.
    2 points Thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the employment opportunities in the design of the project are green jobs.
    1 point Twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the employment opportunities in the design of the project are green jobs.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

    Removed “report reflecting”.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
    3 points Fifteen percent (15%) or more of the employment in the construction of the project are green jobs.
    2 points Twelve percent (12%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) of the employment in the construction of the project are green jobs.
    1 point Ten percent (10%) to less than twelve percent (<12%) of the employment in the construction of the project are green jobs.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

    Removed “report reflecting”.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
    3 points Forty percent (40%) or more of the employment in the operations of the project are green jobs.
    2 points Thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the employment in the operations of the project are green jobs.
    1 point Twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the employment in the operations of the project are green jobs.

    Back to credit

    Compliance Notes

    Addenda

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Compliance Notes, changed the spelling of timeframe to time frame.

    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase green job opportunities within the project.
    2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Relevant qualifications of the professional;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional for the project, which must include:
        • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities within the project; and
        • Planning and implementing strategies for creating green job opportunities for the user of the project;
      • Period of engagement with the professional for the project.
    3. Report on the review of opportunities for green jobs within the project, which should include the following:
      • Green jobs present within the project;
      • Population of the workforce within the project employed in green jobs; and
      • Recommendations to increase the green job opportunities within the project.
    4. Plan to increase the green job opportunities within the project. The documentation must include the following:
      • Identifying strategies to increase green job opportunities within the project;
      • Establishing policies and procedures to effectively implement the strategies;
      • Providing the time frame for the implementation of the plan;
      • Establishing the methodology for monitoring and evaluating the implementation of the plan;
      • Defining and assigning the roles and responsibilities of the project stakeholders during the implementation of the plan; and
      • Communicating the plan to the project stakeholders.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documentation for the implementation of the plans to increase green job opportunities. The documentation must consist of the following:
      • Schedule of regular programs for encouraging users to patronize products and services from local businesses; and
      • Report on the conduct of the regular programs for increasing green job opportunities, which must include:
        • Program name;
        • Program objective;
        • Date and time when the program was conducted;
        • Names of the organization that supported the programs;
        • List of participating local businesses; and
        • Photographs.
    2. Monitoring report on the implementation of the plan, which should include the following:
      • Milestones reached and current progress of the implemented plan that are aligned with the provided time frame; and
      • Resources allocated to support the implementation of the plan.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase green job opportunities within the project.
    2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Relevant qualifications of the professional;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional for the project, which must include:
        • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities within the project; and
        • Planning and implementing strategies for creating green job opportunities for the user of the project;
      • Period of engagement with the professional for the project.
    3. Report on the review of opportunities for green jobs within the project, which should include the following:
      • Green jobs present within the project;
      • Population of the workforce within the project employed in green jobs; and
      • Recommendations to increase the green job opportunities within the project.
    4. Plan to increase the green job opportunities within the project. The documentation must include the following:
      • Identifying strategies to increase green job opportunities within the project;
      • Establishing policies and procedures to effectively implement the strategies;
      • Providing the time frame for the implementation of the plan;
      • Establishing the methodology for monitoring and evaluating the implementation of the plan;
      • Defining and assigning the roles and responsibilities of the project stakeholders during the implementation of the plan; and
      • Communicating the plan to the project stakeholders.
    5. Documentation for the implementation of the plans to increase green job opportunities. The documentation must consist of the following:
      • Schedule of regular programs for encouraging users to patronize products and services from local businesses; and
      • Report on the conduct of the regular programs for increasing green job opportunities, which must include:
        • Program name;
        • Program objective;
        • Date and time when the program was conducted;
        • Names of the organization that supported the programs;
        • List of participating local businesses; and
        • Photographs.
    6. List of personnel involved in the implementation of the policies and procedures, which should include the following information:
      • Name,
      • Company,
      • Designation,
      • Role and responsibilities in the implementation of the plans,
      • E-mail address, and
      • Phone numbers.
    7. Communication records, which should reflect the following:
      • Regularly reporting the status of the implementation of the policies and procedures to the project owners; and
      • Regularly coordinating and monitoring the implementation of the policies and procedures with the project team, external contractors, suppliers, and service providers.
    8. Monitoring report on the implementation of the plan, which should include the following:
      • Milestones reached and current progress of the implemented plan that are aligned with the provided time frame; and
      • Resources allocated to support the implementation of the plan.
    9. Report on the evaluation of the effectiveness of the implemented strategies. The report must reflect the following information:
      • Assessment on the employment conditions within the project after the implementation of the plan;
      • Issues encountered and observed during implementation;
      • Actions taken to address the issues encountered and observed during implementation; and
      • Opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets for increasing green job opportunities.

    Back to credit

    EO-02 Local Labor

    All Stages
    All Projects
    All Occupancies

    Content

    Purpose and Intent

    This credit aims to:

    Back to credit

    Requirements

    All Stages
    Addenda

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Requirements All Stages, changed lifecycle to life cycle for consistency.

    The project team must establish and implement a local employment program in the project.

    The project team must:

    1. Establish a local labor program for hiring local labor in the project. The program must reflect:
      • Commitment of the project owner in hiring local labor; and
      • Target percentage of local labor based on the total number of workers and staff.
    2. Engage a qualified professional in planning and implementing the program for hiring local labor in the project.
    3. Implement the local labor program. The labor requirements of the project must be from the residents of the city or municipality where the project is located. The local labor program must be implemented during the building life cycle stage of the project.
      • If during Stage 1 — Design, the activities must be conducted during the design development to the planning period of the project.
      • If during Stage 2 — Construction, the activities must be conducted during the site development to the construction period of the project.
      • If during Stage 3 — Operations, the activities must be conducted during the performance period of the operations of the project.
    4. Evaluate the effectivity of the program. The project team must:
      • Review if the local labor activities were successfully implemented;
      • Present the challenges encountered in planning and implementing the local labor activities for the project; and
      • Identify actions to further improve the opportunities to improve the local economy where the project is located.

    Back to credit

    Score Distribution

    The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

    All Stages
    The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
    3 points Hiring at least forty percent (40%) of the total labor requirements from the residents of the city or municipality where the project is located.
    2 points Hiring at least thirty percent (30%) of the total labor requirements from the residents of the city or municipality where the project is located.
    1 point Hiring at least twenty percent (20%) of the total labor requirements from the residents of the city or municipality where the project is located

    Back to credit

    Compliance Notes

    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the following:
      • Project owner's commitment in hiring local labor; and
      • Target percentage of local labor based on the total number of workers and staff.
    2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Relevant qualifications of the professional in planning and implementing programs for hiring local labor;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional for the project; and
      • Period of engagement with the professional for the project.
    3. List of all workers and staff employed during the design development to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
      • Employee's name,
      • Employee's address, and
      • Duration of their employment for the project.
    4. Proof of residency of each worker and staff, which must include the following information:
      • Be a valid government-issued certification or ID,
      • Reflect the employee's name, and
      • Reflect the complete address of the employee.
    5. Report on the calculation of the percentage of local labor hired compared to the total labor hired for the project during the design development to the planning period of the project.
    6. Report on the evaluation of the effectiveness of the implemented strategies. The report must reflect the following information:
      • Assessment on the hiring strategies and policies for local labor for the project;
      • Issues encountered and observed during implementation;
      • Actions taken to address the issues encountered and observed during implementation; and
      • Opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets for increasing hiring local labor.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the following:
      • Project owner's commitment in hiring local labor; and
      • Target percentage of local labor based on the total number of workers and staff.
    2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Relevant qualifications of the professional in planning and implementing programs for hiring local labor;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional for the project; and
      • Period of engagement with the professional for the project.
    3. List of all workers and staff employed during the site development to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
      • Employee's name,
      • Employee's address, and
      • Duration of their employment for the project.
    4. Proof of residency of each worker and staff, which must include the following information:
      • Be a valid government-issued certification or ID,
      • Reflect the employee's name, and
      • Reflect the complete address of the employee.
    5. Report on the calculation of the percentage of local labor hired compared to the total labor hired for the project during the site development to the construction period of the project.
    6. Report on the evaluation of the effectiveness of the implemented strategies. The report must reflect the following information:
      • Assessment on the hiring strategies and policies for local labor for the project;
      • Issues encountered and observed during implementation;
      • Actions taken to address the issues encountered and observed during implementation; and
      • Opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets for increasing hiring local labor.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the following:
      • Project owner's commitment in hiring local labor; and
      • Target percentage of local labor based on the total number of workers and staff.
    2. Proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
      • Relevant qualifications of the professional in planning and implementing programs for hiring local labor;
      • Roles and responsibilities of the professional for the project; and
      • Period of engagement with the professional for the project.
    3. List of all workers and staff employed during the performance period of the operations of the project, which must include the following information:
      • Employee's name,
      • Employee's address, and
      • Duration of their employment for the project.
    4. Proof of residency of each worker and staff, which must include the following information:
      • Be a valid government-issued certification or ID,
      • Reflect the employee's name, and
      • Reflect the complete address of the employee.
    5. Report on the calculation of the percentage of local labor hired compared to the total labor hired for the project during the performance period of the operations of the project.
    6. Report on the evaluation of the effectiveness of the implemented strategies. The report must reflect the following information:
      • Assessment on the hiring strategies and policies for local labor for the project;
      • Issues encountered and observed during implementation;
      • Actions taken to address the issues encountered and observed during implementation; and
      • Opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets for increasing hiring local labor.

    Back to credit

    EO-03 Women Empowerment

    All Stages
    All Projects
    All Occupancies

    Content

    Purpose and Intent

    This credit aims to:

    Back to credit

    Requirements

    All Stages
    Addenda

    28 July 2021, v4.0.1

    Under Requirements All Stages, changed lifecycle to life cycle for consistency.

    The project team must establish and implement a gender equality program for women in the project. The project owner must:

    1. Establish a gender equality program for project staff. The program should include:
      • Commitment of the project owner establish strategies to increase the employment of women in the project;
      • Establish the target impact or performance for the project;
      • Communicating the requirements for women employment to the project team;
      • Conducting regular trainings for the project staff on gender equality topics, which should include:
        • Gender diversity and sensitivity; and
        • Gender equality competence.
    2. Implement the gender equality program for the project. The gender equality program must be implemented during the building life cycle stage of the project.
      • If during Stage 1 — Design, the activities must be conducted during the design development to the planning period of the project.
      • If during Stage 2 — Construction, the activities must be conducted during the site development to the construction period of the project.
      • If during Stage 3 — Operations, the activities must be conducted during the performance period of the operations of the project.
    3. Employ women in the design and implementation of the project.
    4. Evaluate the effectivity of the gender equality program. The project team must:
      • Review if the gender equality program were successfully implemented;
      • Present the challenges encountered in planning and implementing the gender equality program for project staff; and
      • Identify actions to further improve the knowledge and skill of project staff on gender equality topics.

    Back to credit

    Score Distribution

    The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

    Stage 1 — Design
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

    Removed “report reflecting”.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
    3 points Forty percent (40%) or more of the employees in the design of the project are women.
    2 points Thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the employees in the design of the project are women.
    1 point Twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the employees in the design of the project are women.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

    Removed “report reflecting”.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
    3 points Fifteen percent (15%) or more of the employees in the construction of the project are women.
    2 points Twelve percent (12%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) of the employees in the construction of the project are women.
    1 point Ten percent (10%) to less than twelve percent (<12%) of the employees in the construction of the project are women.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations
    Addenda

    3 January 2022, v4.2.0

    Under Score Distribution, changed "demonstrates" to "provided proof that".

    Removed “report reflecting”.

    The project may be awarded: if the project team provided proof that:
    3 points Forty percent (40%) or more of the employees in the operations of the project are women.
    2 points Thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the employees in the operations of the project are women.
    1 point Twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the employees in the operations of the project are women.

    Back to credit

    Compliance

    Stage 1 — Design

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the following:
      • Project owner's commitment in increasing the employment of women in the project; and
      • Target percentage of women employed based on the total number of employees.
    2. List of all employees employed during the design development to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
      • Employee's name,
      • Employee's designation,
      • Employee's gender, and
      • Duration of their employment for the project.
    3. Training calendar that must reflect the scheduled trainings for the project staff.
    4. Report for each training conducted on gender diversity, sensitivity and equality competence, which must include the following information:
      • Training name,
      • Training objective,
      • Training date,
      • Training period,
      • Program,
      • Instructors' names and qualifications,
      • Attendance list, and
      • Photographs.
    5. Training modules for each training conducted.
    6. Report on the calculation of the percentage of women employed compared to the total number of employees employed during the design development to the planning period of the project.
    7. Report on the evaluation of the effectiveness of the implemented strategies. The report must reflect the following information:
      • Assessment on the hiring strategies and policies for gender diversity for the project;
      • Issues encountered and observed during implementation;
      • Actions taken to address the issues encountered and observed during implementation; and
      • Opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets for gender diversity.

    Back to credit

    Stage 2 — Construction

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the following:
      • Project owner's commitment in increasing the employment of women in the project; and
      • Target percentage of women employed based on the total number of employees.
    2. List of all employees employed during the site development to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
      • Employee's name,
      • Employee's designation,
      • Employee's gender, and
      • Duration of their employment for the project.
    3. Training calendar that must reflect the scheduled trainings for the project staff.
    4. Report for each training conducted on gender diversity, sensitivity and equality competence, which must include the following information:
      • Training name,
      • Training objective,
      • Training date,
      • Training period,
      • Program,
      • Instructors' names and qualifications,
      • Attendance list, and
      • Photographs.
    5. Training modules for each training conducted.
    6. Report on the calculation of the percentage of women employed compared to the total number of employees employed during the site development to the construction period of the project.
    7. Report on the evaluation of the effectiveness of the implemented strategies. The report must reflect the following information:
      • Assessment on the hiring strategies and policies for gender diversity for the project;
      • Issues encountered and observed during implementation;
      • Actions taken to address the issues encountered and observed during implementation; and
      • Opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets for gender diversity.

    Back to credit

    Stage 3 — Operations

    The project team should submit the following:

    1. Documented policy reflecting the following:
      • Project owner's commitment in increasing the employment of women in the project; and
      • Target percentage of women employed based on the total number of employees.
    2. List of all employees employed during the performance period of the operations of the project, which must include the following information:
      • Employee's name,
      • Employee's designation,
      • Employee's gender, and
      • Duration of their employment for the project.
    3. Training calendar that must reflect the scheduled trainings for the project staff.
    4. Report for each training conducted on gender diversity, sensitivity and equality competence, which must include the following information:
      • Training name,
      • Training objective,
      • Training date,
      • Training period,
      • Program,
      • Instructors' names and qualifications,
      • Attendance list, and
      • Photographs.
    5. Training modules for each training conducted.
    6. Report on the calculation of the percentage of women employed compared to the total number of employees employed during the performance period of the operations of the project.
    7. Report on the evaluation of the effectiveness of the implemented strategies. The report must reflect the following information:
      • Assessment on the hiring strategies and policies for gender diversity for the project;
      • Issues encountered and observed during implementation;
      • Actions taken to address the issues encountered and observed during implementation; and
      • Opportunities to further improve the goals and performance targets for gender diversity.

    Back to credit

    Changes to this document

    v4.2.0, 3 January 2021
    Section Change Type
    CE-02 Filipino Art Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates, changed establishment of to established, installation of to installed. added the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point. Non-substantial
    EM-01 Greenhouse Gas Inventory Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates, added submitted to report on the recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions for the project., changed the project exhibit to demonstrates, and added the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point. Non-substantial
    EM-02 Refrigerants Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates, added submitted to evidence that the system does not require the use of refrigerants, if the project will not use refrigerants, added specified to non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants for the project, if the project will use refrigerants, added specified to non-ODS refrigerant for the project, if the project will use refrigerants, and changed the project exhibits its to demonstrated. Non-substantial
    EN-02 Renewable Energy Under Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to ”provides`. Non-substantial
    EO-01 Green Jobs Under Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to provided proof that, and removed “report reflecting”. Non-substantial
    EO-03 Women Empowerment Under Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to provided proof that, and removed “report reflecting”. Non-substantial
    HW-07 Microbial Control Under Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to submitted. Non-substantial
    HW-09 Active Design Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed “demonstrates” from “if the project team demonstrates:`, changed “establishment of” to “established”, changed “incorporation of” to “incorporated”, and added the additional documents necessary to achieve higher point. Non-substantial
    HW-10 Urban Agriculture Under Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to provided proof that the total planting area is. Non-substantial
    HW-12 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates.
    Changed Plans and specifications reflecting design recommendations that reduces risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project. to Provides design recommendations that reduces risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project; Established OSH program; Reviewed the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and provides recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks.
    Changed OSH program; Organizational chart for OSH; Communication plan and records to Established OSH program; and Reviewed the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and provides recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks.
    Changed Report on the review of the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and design recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks. to Reviewed the hazards and risks for the project life-cycle and provides design recommendations to eliminate or reduce the hazards and risks.
    Substantial
    LE-01 Land Reuse Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates, changed successful implementation of to implemented, changed selection of to selected, added the additional documents that are necessary to achieve higher point. Non-substantial
    LE-02 Environmentally Critical Areas Protection Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates, and changed selection of to selected. Non-substantial
    LE-03 High Priority Site Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates, and changed selection of to selected. Non-substantial
    LE-04 Certified Green District Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates, and added submitted a to green districts certificate. Non-substantial
    LE-05 Ecological Features Improvement Under Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to submitted. Non-substantial
    LE-06 Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion Under Score Distribution, Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed demonstrates to provided proof that.
    Removed is designed from Fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total lot area is designed as vegetated open spaces. <br> Removedis designedfromForty percent (40%) to less than fifty-five (<55%) of the total lot area is designed as vegetated open spaces.`
    Removed is designed from Twenty-five (25%) to less than forty (<40%) of the total lot area is designed as vegetated open spaces.
    Non-substantial
    LE-07 Heat Island Reduction Under Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to provided proof that. Non-substantial
    LE-08 Landscape Management Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates to if the project team demonstrates.
    Changed implementation of to implemented.
    Non-substantial
    LE-09 Light Pollution Reduction Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates to if the project team demonstrates, and added provided a to design of exterior lighting system using luminaires with the appropriate BUG ratings. Non-substantial
    MN-01 Green Building Professional Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates, and changed engagement of the to engaged a. Non-substantial
    MN-02 Stakeholder Consultation Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates.
    Added provides to at least three (3) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the design of the project, including specific requirements and recommendations from end users.
    Added provided to at least two (2) economic, environmental, or social recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the design of the project.
    Changed implementation of stakeholder consultations and incorporating recommendations in finalizing the design of the project to implemented stakeholder consultations and incorporates recommendations in finalizing the design of the project.
    Non-substantial
    MN-03 Project Management Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates, and changed implementation of to implemented. Non-substantial
    MN-04 Certified Green Building Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates.
    Added submitted to previous green building certification of the project.
    Non-substantial
    MN-05 Staff Training Under Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to provided proof that. Non-substantial
    MN-06 Green Building Education Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates.
    Changed establishment of the to established a.
    Added provided to access of the users to the green building features and information facilities in the design of the project.
    Added additional documents that are necessary to achieve higher point.
    Non-substantial
    TR-01 Key Establishments Proximity Under Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to provided proof that.
    Added are to ten (10) or more key establishments within close proximity to the project.
    Added are to seven (7) to nine (9) key establishments within close proximity to the project.
    Added are to four (4) to six (6) key establishments within close proximity to the project.
    Non-substantial
    TR-02 Mass Transportation Access Under Score Distribution, removed documentation on the mass transportation reflecting from documentation on the mass transportation reflecting three (3) or more mass transportation modes within proximity of the building.
    Removed documentation on the mass transportation reflecting from Documentation on the mass transportation reflecting two (2) mass transportation modes within proximity of the building.
    Removed documentation on the mass transportation reflecting from Documentation on the mass transportation reflecting one (1) mass transportation mode within proximity of the building.
    Removed _Sustainable transportation plan_
    Changed demonstrates to provided proof that.
    Non-substantial
    TR-03 Preferred Parking Under Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to provided proof that. Non-substantial
    TR-04 Cyclist Facilities Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, changed one (1) parking per user of at least three percent (3%) of the total users of the project; and must be at least a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking to one (1) parking per user of at least three percent (3%) of the total users of the project or at least a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking, whichever is higher. Substantial
    Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed at least three percent (3%) of the total users of the project; with a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking; to at least three percent (3%) of the total users of the project or a minimum of four (4) bicycle parking, whichever is higher. Substantial
    UUnder Score Distribution, changed demonstrates to provided proof that. Non-substantial
    TR-05 Pedestrian Mobility Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, removed report on the effectivity of the plan reflecting the from report on the effectivity of the plan reflecting the achieved of the target impact during the performance period. Substantial
    Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed plan for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project to implemented of the plan for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project., removed the project exhibits its from the project exhibits its complied with all the requirements., and removed “demonstrates” from “if the project team demonstrates” Non-substantial
    WT-02 Graywater Reuse Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates. Non-substantial
    Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed Report on the computation of the potential graywater reuse in the project. to provided supply of graywater to the project, for at least five (5) years; or designed an on-site graywater systems in the project.
    Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Construction, changed Report on the computation of the potential graywater reuse in the project. to provided supply of graywater to the project, for at least five (5) years; or implemented an on-site graywater systems in the project.
    Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed if graywater will be treated on-site, as-built plans and specifications reflecting the graywater treatment, storage, and metering systems for the project. to provided supply of graywater to the project, for at least three (3) years.
    Changed If graywater will be treated off-site, approved supply contract for graywater for at least five (5) years reflecting the target capacity of graywater for the project. to implementated an on-site graywater systems in the project.
    Substantial
    WT-03 Rainwater Harvesting Under Score Distribution, removed demonstrates from if the project team demonstrates. Non-substantial
    Under Score Distribution Stage 1 – Design, changed report on the computation of the potential rainwater harvesting and use in the project. to designed the rainwater system to supply the non-potable water uses in the project.
    Under Score Distribution Stage 2 – Constructions, changed report on the computation of the potential rainwater harvesting and use in the project. to implemented the rainwater system to supply the non-potable water uses in the project.
    Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed report on the review of rainwater harvesting and use in the project, report on the computation of the potential rainwater harvesting and use in the project, and report on the effectivity of the system. to implemented the rainwater system to supply the non-potable water uses in the project.
    Substantial
    v4.1.1, 24 November 2021
    Section Change Type
    MN-03 Project Management Under Compliance Notes, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.
    Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, changed project chart to organizational chart for consistency in the format.
    Under Compliance Notes Stage 2 – Construction, changed the following typographical error:
    • from inlcude to include,
    • from resposiblities to responsibilities,
    • from Assesment to Assessment, and
    • from Opportunites to Opportunities.
    Non-substantial
    LE-01 Land Reuse Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design and Stage 2 – Construction, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format. Non-substantial
    LE-06 Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion Under Compliance Notes Stage 2 – Construction, changed the punctuation mark dash to colon on the list for consistency in the format. Non-substantial
    EN-01 Energy Consumption Reduction Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, corrected the spelling from sysstems to systems.
    Under the Use the energy base case of a comparable project, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.
    Non-substantial
    WT-01 Water Consumption Reduction UUnder Requirements Stage 2 – Construction, changed the punctuation mark from comma to semi-colon on the list for consistency in the format.
    Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed the punctuation mark from period to semi-colon on the list for consistency in the format.
    Under Compliance Notes, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.
    Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, Removed the redundant compliance notes on Occupancy Profile of the Project.
    Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, Changed from proper to Proper for consistency in the format.
    Under Compliance Notes, Use the water base case of a comparable project, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.
    Under Compliance Notes, Present the annual water consumption, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to period on the list for consistency in the format.
    Non-substantial
    WT-03 Rainwater Harvesting Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 - Design, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to period on the list for consistency in the format.
    Under Compliance Notes Stage 3 - Operations, changed the punctuation mark from semi-colon to period on the list for consistency in the format.
    Non-substantial
    WS-01 Waste Management Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.
    Under Waste base case, changed the punctuation mark semi-colon to comma on the list for consistency in the format.
    Non-substantial
    v4.1.0, 29 July 2021
    Section Change Type
    LE-06 Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion Under Requirement Stage 1 – Design, changed the requirement from vegetated open spaces must have more than one (1) native plant species to vegetated open spaces must have at least three (3) native plant species. Substantial
    TR-01 Key Establishments Proximity Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, changed requirement for tenants from select a site within a building that is within close proximity to key establishments to select a building that is within close proximity to key establishments. Substantial
    TR-03 Preferred Parking Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, removed the list of vehicles that qualifies as a fuel-efficient and low-emitting on the numbered list of requirements.
    Under Score Distribution, replaced the table for each stage with one table for all stages.
    Substantial
    HW-01 Visual Comfort Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed engaging a qualified professional in to engaging a qualified professional competent in. Substantial
    HW-02 Daylight Access Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed engaging a qualified professional in to engaging a qualified professional competent in. Substantial
    HW-03 Outdoor Views Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed engaging a qualified professional in to engaging a qualified professional competent in. Substantial
    HW-04 Thermal Comfort Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed engaging a qualified professional in to engaging a qualified professional competent in. Substantial
    HW-05 Acoustic Comfort Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed engaging a qualified professional in to engaging a qualified professional competent in. Substantial
    HW-11 Places of Respite Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design, removed location must not be within ten (10) meters from the requirement to comply with Section 5 (d) of Republic Act No. 9211: Tobacco Regulation Act of 2003 which bans smoking in public places including the buildings and premises of public and private hospitals, medical, dental, and optical clinics, health centers, nursing homes, dispensaries and laboratories.
    Under Requirements Stage 2 – Construction, changed the requirement from The project team must implement the design of the project reflecting places of respite in the project. The project team must implement the plan to locate places of respite in the project and evaluate the effects of providing places of respite to the users of the project. to The project team must implement the design for the places of respite in the project and implement the plan to locate the places of respite in the project.
    Substantial
    HW-12 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health Under the Purpose and Intent, added the intent to go beyond the regulatory requirements to enhance the occupational safety and health in the project. Substantial
    Emissions Changed the purpose and intent of the category from Emissions category promotes accounting and managing the emissions of a project to contribute to reducing the impact of the project on ambient air challenges. to Emissions category focuses on identifying, planning, and managing towards the reduction of emissions in a project and its contribution to global warming and climate change. Substantial
    CE-01 Community Facility Under Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed the requirement from implement the sustainable landscape management to implement the program. Substantial
    v4.0.1, 28 July 2021
    Section Change Type
    MN-03 Project Management Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design, changed the spelling of timeframe to time frame. Non-substantial
    MN-05 Staff Training Under Requirements All Stages, changed lifecycle to life cycle for consistency. Non-substantial
    LE-09 Light Pollution Reduction Under Compliance Notes Stage 3 – Operations, changed the spelling of timeframe to time frame. Non-substantial
    HW-06 Indoor Air Quality Under Compliance Notes Stage 3 – Operations, removed and from Monitoring and recording the indoor air quality; and and. Non-substantial
    HW-07 Microbial Control Under Compliance Requirements Stage 3 – Operations, changed the project team must submit to the project team should submit. Non-substantial
    HW-12 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health Under Purpose of Intent, changed the word enhance to enhanced, and changed life-cycle to life cycle for consistency.
    Under Requirements Stage 1 – Design and Stage 3 – Operations, changed life-cycle to life cycle for consistency.
    Under Score Distribution Stage 3 – Operations, changed the text style from bold text to normal text.
    Under Compliance Notes Stage 1 – Design and Stage 3 – Operations, changed the word enhance to enhanced.
    Non-substantial
    EO-01 Green Jobs Under Requirements and Compliance Notes, changed the spelling of timeframe to time frame. Non-substantial
    EO-02 Local Labor Under Requirements All Stages, changed life-cycle to life cycle for consistency. Non-substantial
    EO-03 Women Empowerment Under Requirements All Stages, changed life-cycle to life cycle for consistency. Non-substantial

    Acknowledgement

    The PHILGBC would like to acknowledge the contributions of the organizations and individuals to the development of the BERDE — Version 4.0.0 and the User Guide.

    Board of Trustees

    We acknowledge the leadership of the members of the Board of Trustees for initiating the development of BERDE.

    BERDE Committee

    This version of the BERDE — Version 4.0.0 was finalized with the review and approval from the BERDE Committee.

    PHILGBC General Membership

    The development of the rating tool was possible through the generosity of the PHILGBC General Membership.

    PHILGBC National Secretariat

    The development of the rating tool was with the support of the BERDE Program Secretariat.